Prosperity From the Inside Out

This book has been brought to you by: EYEN – everything you'll ever need... today!

http://eyentoday.com

Reward If you received this book from anyone other than the person above, please report it. Just go to www.PowerKeysPub.com, and use the contact form there to tell us where you received access to this book.

Free Gifts As my way of saying thank you for purchasing this book, I have prepared a special package of gifts for you. You can claim these gifts by going to www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Distribution Rights You may not distribute the ebook edition of this book to anyone else. This means you may not post it to any website, nor may you email a copy to your friends or family, unless you have paid for their copies. To do so would be a violation of copyright law, and is punishable by severe fines and other penalties. Please respect the law, and honor the author’s years of research and experimentation. After all, how would you feel if it was your work being past around for free?

Resale Rights Available If you have a website, and would like to sell copies of this book, branded with your information on the top of this page, please go to www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/resalerights for more details.

Copyright © 2010 by Alan Tutt & PowerKeys Publishing All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or transmitted, in whole or in part, by any means, electronic or mechanical, without the written permission of the publisher, except by a reviewer who may quote brief passages in a review. ISBN-13: ISBN-10:

978-0-9796726-2-0 0-9796726-2-7

Produced using OpenOffice software from www.openoffice.org. Cover design created in Inkscape, available at www.inkscape.org.

Special Quantity Discounts PowerKeys Publishing offers special quantity discounts, making our books ideal for sales premiums, corporate gifts, fund raising, and more. Special customized versions are also available for specific needs. Contact our Special Sales Department at the addresses below for details. PowerKeys Publishing 1805 Walker Ave NW Grand Rapids, MI 49504 www.PowerKeysPub.com [email protected]

Legal Disclaimer Neither the publisher nor the author are engaged in dispensing medical, legal, or accounting advice. No-one can guarantee any specific outcome as a result of using the information contained in this book. In the event you use any of the information in this book for yourself, which is your constitutional right, the author and publisher assume no responsibility for your actions. If you do not agree to be bound by these terms, please return the book for a refund.

What this book offers you Prosperity. What does this word mean to you? To me, it means an abundant flow of wealth in a wide variety of forms. Money, certainly, but also happiness, joy, love, affection, fun, respect, admiration, and other fruits of social interaction. Add vibrant health, peace of mind, and the confidence that comes from knowing you can achieve anything you want, and you have a complete package I call true prosperity. This book contains the Keys I’ve found to unlock the bountiful harvest that lies within the grasp of everyone when they know how to open the floodgates of Divine Power using simple little principles. It is my sincere desire that when you finish reading this, you will KNOW everything you want is easily within your grasp, and that you also have a clear idea in your mind of exactly HOW you will obtain the prosperity you want to see in your life. In order to accomplish this goal, I will present you with a buffet of information and tools to use in creating your own personal prosperity. You are free to pick and choose what appeals to you and leave the rest. In the end, there are no right or wrong answers — only answers which either serve you well, or don’t. The information I share with you here comes from many sources. Much of it came from reading what other experts had to say about the matter, and some came from my own intuition. All of it has been tested in real life, and verified to be practical, useful, and effective. Although I will reveal some of the theory behind the tools, you’ll get solid, workable, action steps to put into practice right away. I’ve organized this material into 5 powerful sections. Section 1 covers the foundation for all true prosperity — your belief system. It’s a very true statement that no one will even try to accomplish something if they believe it to be impossible, and as such, our beliefs often stand in our way to great achievements. In order to realize your inner potential, you must mold your belief system to support your goals. Section 2 builds upon the foundation of your belief system, and gives you a set of practical, real-world principles guaranteed to create circumstances which make personal prosperity a natural way of life.

Using the tools you find in this section, you will receive a rich harvest of what I call the social fruits – love, respect, admiration, and more. Your relationships will become more harmonious, your health will improve, and you will be more confident in anything you set out to do once you start living these principles. Section 3 continues this outward progression with highly valuable training in the art and science of powerfully effective communication, otherwise known as persuasion. This comes directly from the introductory chapters of my popular Keys To Power Persuasion course. Here is where you discover the secrets behind all human behavior, and how to get what you want from others — without confrontation. Section 4 is where you will find even more practical, step-by-step action plans to create financial prosperity in your life. Whether you just want to increase your income by a few hundred dollars a month, or if you want to become the next Fortune 100 corporation, the plans you find here will set you on your way. I’ve included plans that can be implemented in a single day, as well as plans earning millions of dollars for those using them. And section 5 contains a detailed list of resources that will help you take your newfound knowledge as far as you want to go with it. Obviously, a single book cannot supply you with EVERYTHING you need, and the resources I give you here will take care of the minor details I just didn’t have room to fit into this book. Many of the ideas and plans you’ll find in this book will save you both time and money, and a significant amount of each. Conservatively speaking, if I had such a book early in my life, I would be at least a dozen years ahead of where I am now and many millions of dollars richer. If I can help you get even 1% of that for yourself, my time writing this book would have been well worth it.

About the Author Alan Tutt started out in life as an ‘A’ student, but soon fell into failure due to an overabundance of limiting beliefs. After years of struggle and hardship, Alan came upon a message of faith, and pursued a line of scientific research until it paid off in a long series of personal successes. Now with over 25 years of experience, Alan spends his time coaching individuals and businesses to help them find the underlying beliefs responsible for hardships and limitations, and helping them change those beliefs to manifest greater success and empowerment. Alan continues to refine his techniques to get better and better results, and records his findings in an ever-growing collection of products. He also maintains the PowerKeys Publishing website at www.PowerKeysPub.com where he works to fulfill his mission to provide exceptional personal development for exceptional people.

Other Books by Alan Tutt Choose To Believe: A Practical Guide to Living Your Dreams Treasure Map to Online Riches Keys To Power — Step by Step course Keys To Power Prosperity Keys To Power Persuasion

Audio Programs Choose To Believe Audio Workshop EmBRACES Belief Entrainment System Keys To Power: The Power of Intention Awaken Your Power (guided meditation) Sharpen Your Focus (guided meditation) Various BWE (BrainWave Entrainment) programs All of the above (and MUCH more) may be found on the PowerKeys Publishing website, at www.PowerKeysPub.com.

Table of Contents Section 1: Prosperity From the Inside Out.......................1 What are you worth?........................................................................2 Physical Value.............................................................................2 Mental Value...............................................................................3 Spiritual Value............................................................................4 Heritage Value.............................................................................5 What’s Your Bottom Line?..........................................................6 Steps To Powerful Self-Confidence..................................................7 How Self-Confidence Works........................................................7 The Power of Partnerships..........................................................9 Building Self-Confidence Through Experience.........................10 Building Self-Confidence Through Suggestion..........................12 Mountain-Moving Faith..................................................................15 Definition of Faith.....................................................................15 Examples of Faith in Action......................................................16 How to Use the Power of Faith..................................................19 The Mechanics of Faith.............................................................20 Developing Faith in Prosperity.................................................21 What’s Holding You Back?............................................................23 Beliefs Set Context For Everything Else....................................24 Tool for Belief Discovery: The Belief Scale...............................25 207 Prosperity Beliefs....................................................................30 How To Get Maximum Results From The Law of Attraction........39 Basic Foundational Concepts...................................................40 Why Beliefs Are Most Important In The Law of Attraction.......41 Bringing It All Together.............................................................41 Putting This Into Practice.........................................................43

Section 2: Personal Prosperity Keys................................45 How To Be Happy Every Day........................................................46 Put Things Into Perspective.......................................................46 Count Your Blessings.................................................................47 Take Time For Yourself.............................................................48

Do Something Worthwhile........................................................49 Choose To Believe In Yourself...................................................50 Make A Firm Decision To Be Happy.........................................51 Power Keys For Eliminating Stress From Your Life......................53 Dealing With Discomfort..........................................................53 Dealing With Stressful Beliefs...................................................54 Transforming Anger Into Joy.........................................................56 Setting Power Goals.......................................................................58 The Most Important Key To Prosperity.........................................62 The True Importance Of Gift Giving.............................................64 Why Christmas HAD to be Commercialized ................................66 The Magic Mirror of Abundance...................................................68

Section 3: Power Persuasion.............................................70 Introduction To Power Persuasion..................................................71 Why Learn Persuasion?............................................................71 Benefits of Using Power Persuasion..........................................72 Who Should Learn Power Persuasion?.....................................72 Typical Persuaders....................................................................73 Defending Yourself....................................................................75 Psychology of Persuasion...............................................................76 The Grand Scale of Persuasion.................................................76 The Automatic Nature of the Mind & The Pink Elephant Principle.....................................................77 Associative Linking...................................................................78 Language As Experience...........................................................78 The 5 Phases of Power Persuasion............................................80 Motivating Desires....................................................................89 Personality Types.......................................................................91 Three Levels of Persuasion.......................................................92 The Pygmalion Effect................................................................94 Judgmental Heuristics...............................................................96 Why People Do What They Do......................................................99 Source of Motivating Desires....................................................99 Hidden Operation of the Human Mind...................................100 Common Factors of all Motivating Desires.............................101

How These Motivating Desires Affect Persuasion...................102 Motivating Desires Common To Most Humans.......................103 Discover Your Prospect’s Secret Buttons......................................113 Pleasure / Pain.........................................................................114 Emotional / Logical.................................................................117 Details / Big Picture................................................................119 Self-Centered / Other-Centered...............................................120 Leader / Follower....................................................................122 Moving / Static.........................................................................124 Persuasion Training......................................................................126 Mind Set – Quickly Become A Power Persuader.....................126 Appearance – Making A Great 1st Impression........................133 Eye Contact Training...............................................................139 Voice Training.........................................................................140 Gesture Training......................................................................146 Body Language Training.........................................................149 Charisma – The Key To Instant Persuasion............................156

Section 4: Money-Making Prosperity Keys..................163 How to Turn Debt Into Wealth.....................................................164 Step 1: Stop purchasing on credit...........................................164 Step 2: Make a monthly budget...............................................164 Step 3: Start with small debts..................................................164 Step 4: Move to larger debts....................................................165 Step 5: Repeat and continue....................................................165 Step 6: Invest in assets.............................................................166 Thriving in any economy..............................................................167 How do you present a better offer as an employee?................168 Attracting better employees.....................................................168 Attracting more customers.......................................................169 Discover Your Personal Path to Prosperity...................................172 Quick Personality Assessment.................................................172 Personal Interests....................................................................173 Organizing a Business.............................................................176 Helpful Hints...........................................................................176 A Never-Fail Business Opportunity..............................................186 I learned this from personal experience. ...............................186

Where did we go wrong in that venture?.................................187 How ANYONE Can Make BIG BUCKS On The Internet...........188 Step 1: Define your business type...........................................188 Step 2: Define your business format........................................189 Step 3: Define your product delivery format...........................189 Step 4: Define your marketing strategy...................................190 Step 5: Choose your niche.......................................................191 Step 6: Package your information for sale..............................192 Step 7: Install the website infrastructure.................................193 Step 8: Create a sales page to describe your products............194 Step 9: Launching your website..............................................196 Conclusion...............................................................................196 Promoting Other People’s Products As An Affiliate....................197 What Is An Affiliate?...............................................................197 Why Are Affiliates Paid?.........................................................198 How Affiliates Earn Money.....................................................200 Making Money As A Commissioned Sales Rep.......................200 Making Money As An Advertising Broker...............................202 Choosing Your Pathway..........................................................203 Creating Viral Ebooks..................................................................204 What Viral Ebooks Can Do For You.......................................204 What to put in a viral ebook....................................................205 Tips On Organizing Your Content...........................................210 Producing A Winning Ebook...................................................211 Final Steps...............................................................................212 Distributing Viral Ebooks........................................................213 Karmic Marketing.........................................................................214 Knowing Your Market..............................................................214 Your Marketing Character.......................................................215 Marketing Storylines................................................................216 Mass Control Formula............................................................217 Using GOOD scarcity.............................................................218

Section 5: Resources For More Information.................219 Resources For More Information..................................................220

Section 1: Prosperity From the Inside Out In this section, you will discover: 1. An easy way to increase your own self-worth. 2. Specific steps to build your self-confidence. 3. The importance of your belief system and why it’s the first thing you want to address before taking any other steps 4. How to find limiting beliefs that stand in your way 5. The 207 beliefs you need for unlimited prosperity. 6. How to change your beliefs to empower yourself and ease the way for abundant prosperity to effortlessly flow into your life.

What are you worth? Physical Value Let me start out saying that the most important thing about attracting abundant prosperity is that you will only attract as much as you feel that you are worth. Right now, say “ I am worth a million dollars!” How do you feel? If you’re like most people, your feelings are mixed between “ This feels good” and “ This doesn’t feel like me” . The good feeling is coming from the part of you that wants to be worth a million dollars, and the other feeling is coming from the part of you that defines your true value. When you can say “ I am worth a million dollars!” and feel “ Of course I am, that’s a fact.” , then you will see a greater degree of prosperity enter your life. Actually, you’re worth much more than a million dollars. Consider this for a moment. How many stories have you heard about in the news where someone was involved in an accident and received an insurance settlement? And in those news stories, how large were the settlements? Take for instance, the case of a man who lost his hand in an industrial accident. He received something like $250,000 as compensation for the loss of his hand. Would you give up one of your hands for $250,000? How about both of them for $500,000? Count whatever amount would convince you to give them up as part of your value. Or consider the account of a woman who lost her sight due to exposure to poisonous gas. Her insurance settlement was for a cool 1 million dollars. Would you trade your eyes for her million dollars? How much would you sell your eyes for? Count that towards your true value as well. We could go on and on with this, accounting for the various body parts that are worth a whole lot to you. Somewhere along the line, I’m sure you will accept the statement that you are worth much more than a measly million dollars! So why don’t most people feel that they are worth a million dollars? Could it be that they don’t focus on the value

What are you worth?

Page 3

of the things they do have, and focus instead on those things they don’t have? Maybe it has something to do with the ability to quickly convert your value to cash. It’s not exactly common practice to sell body parts. And it’s not easy to get them back if you decide later you’d rather keep them.

Mental Value But here’s something else to consider. It’s the feeling of wealth that will attract wealth to you. It is your general attitude of what you are worth that will shape the experiences you have that will either attract or repel prosperity. Whether you believe in “ Mind Power” or not, realize that any time you’re face to face with another person, your internal assessment of yourself will come across in your words, your expressions, the tone of your voice, and your body language. You are constantly communicating to everyone around you just how much you value yourself. And every time you enter into any kind of negotiation with another person, be it a job interview, a performance review for a possible pay increase, asking someone out on a date, or making a sales presentation, you are subconsciously influencing the outcome of that negotiation. Imagine the situation where 2 people are negotiating the sale of a piece of property. One person is confident, sure of himself, and has no fear of the situation. The other person has almost no confidence, is afraid of being taken advantage of, and would like to escape as quickly as possible. Who is going to get the best deal? So you understand that even on the physical level, your feelings of what you are worth will influence every situation in which you find yourself. Just by having a strong sense of your own self-worth, you will attract a fair degree of prosperity into your life. And this is because your strong self-worth will be communicated to every person in every situation you are involved in. They will see that you are worth a great deal, and they will subconsciously defer to you in whatever way is appropriate for the situation. Any time you apply for a job, or ask for a pay increase, your increased self-worth will cause the person in charge to give you more of what you want. Any time you ask someone out for a date, they will Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 4

Prosperity From the Inside Out

see that you are an important person and be eager to spend time with you. Any time you are selling something, the prospect will see your confidence and trust you are treating them honestly and fairly, and will be much more likely to buy what you are selling. Life will be easier, and your prosperity will grow. And all of this comes as a result of seeing the value of what you have now.

Spiritual Value Let’s go through another exercise. Most of us take for granted many of the conveniences that are part of our daily lives. First of all, if you’re reading this, there’s a good chance that you have a computer and Internet access. That alone puts you into the upper brackets in terms of wealth. There is still a large percentage of the world’s population that do not have computers nor Internet access. Do you have indoor plumbing? How about electricity? And let’s not forget things like television, radio, and the ability to shop in grocery stores! Did you have to make your own clothes, or did you purchase them? You certainly don’t have to sleep in caves, nor do you sleep on the ground. I’m sure you have a bed as well as other furniture that makes life much more enjoyable. What I’m trying to say here is that there are a lot of good things in your life that you are taking for granted. Yes, most of the people you know also have these things, but this doesn’t mean everyone in the world has them. The feeling of gratitude is another thing which helps to attract prosperity into your life. Be grateful for the things you have, and you will get more of them. There is a quote from the Christian Bible that has been slightly altered from its original meaning. The quote goes something like: “ To those who have, more will be given. But to those who don’t have, even that which they do have will be taken away.” The original meaning was more like “ To those who have the feeling of wealth, more will be given. But to those who don’t have the feeling of wealth, even that wealth they do have will be taken away.” What this means is that there is a spiritual principle which will attract prosperity to those who feel they are prosperous. I tend to simplify this into the phrase, “ Choose to believe you are wealthy, and Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

What are you worth?

Page 5

wealth will choose to believe in you.” Focus on what is good in your life, and more good will appear. Focus on what is wrong in your life, and more will go wrong. Allow yourself to enjoy the things that are good, and there will be more to enjoy.

Heritage Value You have far more value within you than what you are and what you have. There is also the history which produced you. You are the latest and greatest in a long line of great individuals. What comes to mind when you think of Aristotle, Socrates, Alexander the Great, Napoleon, George Washington, Michelangelo, Isaac Newton, Johannes Keppler, Albert Einstein, Warren Buffet, Donald Trump, and Anthony Robbins? No doubt you thought about the great things they achieved — the advances they made in art, science, leadership, and business. The image you have in your mind about each of these great individuals reflects the triumphs they made. You may even think they were special people, with God-given talents and abilities which gave them what they needed to break away from the status quo, and enter a completely new realm of existence. You probably think you are different from them, and that you don’t have the same gifts they did. And you are completely right! But consider this. While you may not have the same talents and gifts these people had, who is to say that your talents and gifts aren’t better than their talents and gifts were?? That’s right. Think about it. History doesn’t usually record the massive failures of people such as the ones I listed above. Nor does history usually record the years of pain and suffering they endured before they were able to reach their great accomplishments. Maybe you’ll be able to reach greater heights than they did, and with less effort. You won’t know for sure until you get there. You have so many more resources at your disposal than they did. You don’t have to work by candlelight. Getting up in the middle of the night to use the bathroom takes a lot less time now with indoor plumbing. Information, knowledge, and wisdom are a lot easier to obtain now than ever before. Society isn’t as judgmental as it used to be, so introducing a new idea is a lot less dangerous! In short, you are Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 6

Prosperity From the Inside Out

able to focus on the things you want to accomplish without having as many things to worry about as those other great individuals did.

What’s Your Bottom Line? I’ve asked you to consider a number of things here. I’ve really only scratched the surface of this topic, but I think you understand that you have a great deal of value just in your basic existence. Yes, I know that everyone has body parts they wouldn’t want to part with, and every human living today has the same basic ancestral relationships with historical figures. Does that change the fact that you are worth much more than a million dollars? You are worth what you are worth, no matter what everyone else is also worth. Just the fact that you are a human being is, by itself, enough to justify whatever value you want to place upon yourself. And since you now understand that your internal assessment of your personal value reflects in every negotiation you enter into, you have a good reason to want to place a high value upon yourself. The best thing you can do right now is to simply decide that you are worth a million dollars, or would $100 million be more appropriate? What about a $1 billion? Whatever value you claim for yourself will begin to attract a corresponding level of prosperity into your life. Still having trouble believing you’re worth this much? That’s okay. By the time you finish this book, you’ll be amazed at how easy it will be to say “ I am worth a million dollars!”

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Steps To Powerful Self-Confidence “ A man of infinite potential will accomplish nothing if he lacks the self-confidence to even try.” Self-confidence is perhaps the most powerful prosperity-attracting force available! There are numerous reasons for this. As the quote above suggests, your level of self-confidence will determine whether you go after the things you want or not. Your self-confidence will determine how you come across to anyone you come in contact with, and this will determine what they will or will not do for you. But there is more. Self-confidence will also determine the amount of luck you experience in life. Most people believe that there is a certain amount of luck which plays a part in every endeavor. They see 2 people doing the exact same thing in the exact same circumstances, and yet they get 2 completely different results. For example, 2 brothers open up the same kind of business, such as dry-cleaning shops, in the same neighborhood of town. Since they are brothers, they had similar experiences while growing up, with similar schooling, parenting, and friendships. They are obviously in the same kind of business; and by operating in the same neighborhood; they have the same clientèle. But in this situation, one brother is earning more than twice as much as the other. During an investigation into the reason for this discrepancy, it was found that the only real difference between the two brothers was that one had more self-confidence than the other. With a program to develop his self-confidence, the failing brother was able to bring his prosperity level up as high as his (previously) more successful sibling.

How Self-Confidence Works From here, I could simply give you a set of exercises to develop your self-confidence to amazing levels, but I want to give you more than that. You see, the more you understand a topic, the more you are capable of in that area. On another level, understanding in general

Page 8

Prosperity From the Inside Out

leads to greater and greater prosperity along all lines. The more you understand, the greater your potential prosperity. (This is another of the great secrets of rich people. Learn it well.) First, let’s review what self-confidence can do for you. I’m sure you already know much of this, but I want to make sure you know it all. As we already discussed in the first chapter, your internal evaluation of your own value affects how other people treat you. This, in turn, affects whether you get the jobs, pay raises, dates, or sales you would like. Much of your internal evaluation of your own value is based on how confident you are in doing and getting the things you want. I think you already know this, and can find many examples within your memory to back it up. You already know that if you were to go to someone important and ask for something, you will be more likely to influence the outcome of that meeting if you are confident of doing so. And you may even know that you must have a certain level of confidence before you even make the effort. But what you may not know is that your level of confidence in getting what you want will influence whether you even think about asking for it. I’ve seen so many people who have wonderful talents, like cooking, or operating computers, or explaining concepts to others, and these talents could be used to earn considerable incomes, but when someone asks them why they don’t go into that kind of business, they answer “ Oh, I could never do that, I’m not good enough.” In many cases, they believe they must handle all aspects of the endeavor, and don’t understand they can find other people to handle the parts of the task they may not be able to do as well. (Here’s another great secret of rich people: You can always find and hire other people whose talents are needed in the chosen venture.) For instance, I’ve always known I have an exceptional ability to learn new things, and I have been told over and over again that I have a wonderful ability to explain complex concepts in an easy to understand fashion. When I first decided to bring the Keys To Power system to the Internet, I needed someone to build the website for me. I also needed someone to put some marketing in place so there would be an Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Steps To Powerful Self-Confidence

Page 9

audience for what I was offering. And again, I needed someone to create systems so I could focus on the writing instead of all the technical aspects of the venture. Since then, I’ve learned much and have taken over those functions, but there wasn’t any need for me to do so. I could have simply hired others to do the parts of the business I couldn’t do myself. What about you? Are you holding back from starting a business simply because you can’t do everything yourself? Are you afraid to hire other people because you don’t know if the business will succeed or not? Here’s another secret of the rich: Information is more valuable than practically anything else. If you don’t know if the business will succeed or fail, get someone to do market research for you to find out. There are many people skilled in this area who would be happy to help you for a small fee.

The Power of Partnerships Something else I want to bring up here: You don’t have to hire people to help you. You could simply offer them a partnership in the venture. Let them know that the business will only succeed when you have a good team of people who can handle all aspects of the business. Find as many people as you need to cover all the functions of the business. And if you don’t know all the functions that will be needed, find someone who does know, and give them a partnership in the business. In all honesty, you don’t have to know anything about a business to build it. I could go out and build a successful dentistry business although I know nothing about it. All I need to do is find someone who does know about the business end of the field, and have them direct me along the process. My job is to ask questions such as “ What functions does the business need?” , “ How do we provide those functions without spending a lot of money upfront?” , “ What employees will the business need?” , “ What marketing messages should we focus on to attract lots of well-to-do clients?” , and so forth. By the time I hire (or engage as a partner) all the people needed for the business, I’ll have a successful dentistry business. My job is to bring all of the other people together to make it happen. Granted, it may

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 10

Prosperity From the Inside Out

take some time, and I won’t get 100% of the profits, but whatever I do get will be a lot more than I would have gotten on my own. I think you’re starting to get some ideas for things you could do, right? You’re starting to see how you can take the things you like to do, and find other people to help you build a business around them. You’re starting to see how you can earn far more for your efforts than you’re currently getting paid. And you’re starting to grow more and more confident in your ability to be prosperous. Yes, I know there’s still a lot of work to be done, and you’re probably not yet ready to jump up and move into action. But you will be. Very soon, you will be.

Building Self-Confidence Through Experience There are 2 ways to build self-confidence, and the best way is through experience. When you have experienced success, it’s much easier to be confident that you’ll experience it again. Long ago, I learned that everything in life is gained from selling in one form or another. To get a job, you have to sell the employer on the idea that you’re the right person for the job. To get a date, you have to sell someone on the idea of spending time with you. To get married, you have to persuade your partner to commit to being with you for the rest of their life. To get your kids to behave properly, you have to persuade them that it’s in their best interest to do so. And to have a successful business, you have to sell product and/or service to your customers. So I set about the task of learning to sell. I read books. I listened to tapes. I got jobs as a salesperson. But every time I went home after making a sales call, it was with empty pockets. I tried selling Rainbow Vacuums. I tried selling Omni Windows. I tried selling discount coupons for local restaurants. I even tried selling appointments for a ‘real’ salesperson. Nada. Not one sale. I had absolutely no confidence in myself at that time. I gave up on learning to sell. Instead, I decided to pursue my interest in photography. I had an ‘eye’ for it. It seemed I had a natural inclination for composing images, and with my natural ability to learn, I picked up the technical aspects fairly quickly. I had much more confidence in my ability to Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Steps To Powerful Self-Confidence

Page 11

get what I wanted from a mechanical piece of equipment. The camera didn’t have it’s own opinions or preferences. It had no choice but to do what I told it to do. Eventually, I ended up at Olan Mills, a nationally known chain of photography studios. I went in for a position as a photographer when I learned photographers were expected to sell photo packages as well. This was at a time when many studios were a 1-person operation. Immediately, I explained that I was no good in sales and I really didn’t want to have that responsibility. I was told that Olan Mills no longer engaged in the ‘hard sell’ approach and there wasn’t anything complicated about their sales process. Just show the portraits and explain the packages. That was easy enough, so I decided to give it a try. (Do you see where my confidence was going up a notch?) The first few presentations were very rough. But I sold packages, and experienced success. My confidence grew. Not long afterwards, I got a chance to sell my own photography (which took about 3 weeks to get back to the studio), and since I knew the portraits were good, I had even more confidence in what I was offering to the customer. As you can expect, sales increased. This process kept expanding and growing to the point where I had so much confidence in my ability to sell photography that I became the number 1 salesperson for Olan Mills in my territory. I soon broke away from Olan Mills to start my own business, Enchanted Heirlooms. Over the next few years, my confidence again grew and grew to the point where I knew I was worth much more than I had ever been worth before. And that’s when I started looking at other ways I could expand my personal prosperity. The lesson I want to share with you in this is that when I had developed my confidence in my photography, I was able to transfer that confidence to my ability to sell. And the confidence I built in selling was able to transfer over to over areas too. So if you want to develop your confidence in some area, find something you can do well, and build on that! It doesn’t really matter what you work on, since confidence will transfer from one area to another. You could work on your ability to speed-read, or your skills in a fun craft hobby, or even your imagination in coming up with offthe-wall stories. Of course, it would be more practical to develop your Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 12

Prosperity From the Inside Out

skills in an area you could put to practical use, but the principle is to simply develop your skills in some area so that you can feel confident in something. Once you’re confident in one area, it will be much easier to build your confidence in another area which may be more important to you.

Building Self-Confidence Through Suggestion This method of building self-confidence isn’t quite as effective, but is much easier, and sometimes can even bring quicker results. In simplest terms, you can build your self-confidence by simply saying to yourself “ I can do this.” over and over again. You may remember an old story called “ The Little Engine That Could” . If so, you know what I’m talking about. It may sound like I’m downgrading this method of building confidence, but I really don’t want to give that impression. It’s a very good way of building confidence. I use it myself. In fact, I was just using it this morning before I started writing this chapter. Just to let you in on the details, I have found that, in general, I can write a 1000-word article in about an hour, and a 2000-word chapter in about 2 hours. I really don’t know if this is good, bad, or average for a professional writer, but it really doesn’t matter. I know that if I were able to sit down and write for 5 hours a day, I should be able to write 25,000 words in a week, which is the equivalent of a small book. Of course, there is more to the writing process than just getting the words written. There are things such as deciding what to write about, how to organize and structure the information, and finding a good way to introduce each section. I usually have the hardest time in the introductions. Getting started on a chapter is the hardest part of the process for me. I’m really good at organizing my thoughts on paper, getting down the main ideas I want to share and sorting them in a logical order. And once I have the first few paragraphs written, I’m usually on a roll, with fingers flying on the keyboard, and typing the words which flow effortlessly from my mind.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Steps To Powerful Self-Confidence

Page 13

However, this morning, I was stuck. I had written the first chapter yesterday, and had noted down what I wanted to cover in this chapter. But the words just weren’t coming easily for me. At that point, I realized I needed to use my own principles to get myself over the barrier. So I sat down and visualized myself writing at a blistering pace, an artist in the throes of creation, writing a book which will help millions of people. I told myself over and over again “ I can do this. This is something I’m good at.” Within minutes, I felt much more confident that I would be able to write something good. Afterwards, I also did a couple of other things I know to help. I know I think better when I’m dressed. Other people may feel better doing their work in a house robe and slippers, but that just doesn’t work for me. My mind tends to work better when I can feel the clothes on my body. So I put on my jeans, a dress shirt, and my tennis shoes. I also fixed a sandwich and a glass of Pepsi. And I stepped outside to get some fresh oxygen into my bloodstream. After all this, my mind was in high gear, and I was ready to write. Here’s another secret of rich people: Know what helps you perform at your best, and work with it. There have been times when I needed to take a week off from work to get myself back on track. There have been other times I needed to push myself to work harder to start feeling better. It’s not always the same thing. As a result, I can’t give you specific recommendations other than keep notes on what works for you in various situations. The more you understand, the more prosperous you may become. As I write this, I can see where my self-suggestion of confidence was able to improve my writing ability. I feel that this is one of the best pieces I’ve written in a long time. And although it is much longer than I originally wanted it to be, I feel it will help a great deal of people. My intuition is telling me that by sharing my own personal experiences, you may be able to relate to them easier than if I only stated the facts and gave you the exercises (which was my original plan). By now, I’m sure you understand how powerful self-suggestion can be. And we’ve only scratched the surface! I will be covering this topic further in later chapters since there is really a ton of material to go over. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 14

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Before we go on to the next chapter, however, I want to give you a little more here. Developing self-confidence through suggestion is more than just telling yourself “ I can do this.” It is also telling yourself “ I am good at what I do.” and “ There’s no reason why I can’t be just as good as anyone else in this area.” And in truth, there really isn’t any reason you can’t be just as good as anyone else in any area. After all, you have the same brain structure as any other human. You may have gotten used to doing things differently, but you have the physical and mental capacity to do anything that any other average human can do. For instance, take language as an example. Learning a new language is something that anyone can do. If you were able to learn one language, you can learn another. Just think of all the people in the world who know 2, 3, or even a dozen different languages and you’ll realize that learning a new language isn’t so difficult. It may take some time and a lot of practice, but you can do it if you want to. Or selling as another example. I told you my story about learning how to sell. Believe me, if I was able to learn how to do it, anyone can. I won’t go into all the details about how I was taught “ Don’t talk to strangers” and how this created an immense fear of approaching anyone I didn’t already know. And I won’t go into the details about how I reasoned out that the only way to make friends is to start talking to people I didn’t already know. But I will say that the phrase which got me over the fear was this: “ Strangers are just friends waiting to be introduced.” In today’s society, I don’t think there is anyone who will literally bite your head off if you walk up to them and start talking. Most people are shy themselves, and would love to have someone express an interest in talking to them. And since prosperity will only come as a result of your interactions with other people, the surest pathway to greater prosperity is to start meeting new people. So here’s your assignment. Introduce yourself to at least 1 new person each day for the next week. You don’t have to start a full relationship with them, just chat with them for a few minutes. Go ahead, it won’t kill you.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Mountain-Moving Faith I’m sure you recognize the reference in the title of this chapter. If not, it comes from the Christian Bible, where Christ says “ Truly, I say to you, whoever says to this mountain, ‘Be taken up and cast into the sea,’ and does not doubt in his heart, but believes that what he says is going to happen, it shall be granted him.” The quote goes on to say, “ Therefore I say to you, all things for which you pray and ask, believe that you have received them, and they shall be granted you.” This is a powerful message. And it was one of the 2 core messages in Christ’s ministry. Faith and Love were the two main things He talked about the whole time He was teaching, with occasional diversions to other topics. Faith works no matter what religion you belong to. In fact, it works even if you don’t belong to any particular religion at all. If you look carefully at the instruction Christ gave, He doesn’t specify that you must believe in Him or in the Christian concept of God, but that you only have to believe you will get the results you want.

Definition of Faith In talking with many different people, I’ve heard it said over and over again, “ I had faith that my prayers would be answered, but I never got the results I wanted.” In talking to them further, I always found that while on one hand they were able to say, “ I believe God can do this for me” and “ I believe I deserve to have this” , on the other hand they also were thinking, “ This can’t work out because of _______.” For example, a very dear friend of mine was praying for the healing of a physical condition. She had faith that God could heal any condition, yet she also had ‘faith’ that the condition was incurable and that nothing would help. Another friend of mine was working for greater prosperity and had faith that prosperity could be obtained through the use of affirmations. Day and night he repeated affirmations of prosperity, yet continually he ‘affirmed’ that he was “ always poor” and that he was at the mercy of others.

Page 16

Prosperity From the Inside Out

I think you can see why these people did not receive the results they wanted. Their faith was divided, working against itself, and thus they stayed right where they were. Although the instruction given to us by Christ says we should not doubt in our hearts that we will get what we ask for, even a small amount of faith will do something good for us.

Examples of Faith in Action Let me give you a couple of examples of how faith has worked in my life. When I was in school, I believed I was more intelligent than most people. My grades reflected this belief, since I usually got A’s in my classes, with only the occasional B. At one time, during 8th grade, my school was given a statewide mathematics test to see how we were doing in comparison to the rest of the state. There were many questions on the test I had no idea how to answer since they dealt with things we had not yet covered in our math classes. But I had faith that I could score well on any test I was given, so I did the only thing I could. I guessed on the questions I didn’t know how to solve. I’m not sure how our school did in comparison with other schools, but I do know that I achieved the highest score in the whole school. And when I took the college entrance exams, I scored in the 99th percentile, which meant I scored better than 99% of all students applying for college at that time. By then, I didn’t have to guess at much of what was on the test, as my faith in my intelligence had time to bring me to that point naturally. My faith in my intelligence also led me to apply for a scholarship to DeVry Institute of Technology. I wanted to get into the computer design field, and the option for a $14,000 full-tuition scholarship was the only way I could have gone. As part of the qualification process, I had to write a paper on what I felt was the most significant development in the field of computer science. My faith led me to choose the development of the solid-state transistor as my topic, and between that and my college entrance scores, I got the scholarship I wanted. However, I also had ‘faith’ in my inexperience with worldly matters, so soon after I left home for college, I developed financial Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Mountain-Moving Faith

Page 17

problems. I believed the only way to earn money was to work at a job, and I believed the job required more commitment than school did. As a result, I ended up missing a lot of classes to work the 40 hours I was scheduled. The combination of this and several other factors resulted in my having to drop out of DeVry due to financial problems even though I had the full-tuition scholarship. By the time this happened, I had a strong ‘faith’ that I had trouble in financial matters. That faith in financial troubles eventually manifested as a life on the streets, being homeless with no job, no home, no car, and in a city where I knew no-one. I had fallen as far as anyone could fall. In the depths of my despair, I still had faith that there was a purpose to my life, so the thought of committing suicide never entered my mind. I pressed on, knowing that somewhere along the line, I would find the information I needed to put my life back on track. One morning, after I had walked the streets all night, I walked into a mall to get warm, and decided to spend some time in the bookstore. I had always loved books and felt that they were the best source of information about anything. That morning, I discovered the writings of Joseph Murphy, who instantly became my favorite author! As I stood there reading the words on the page instructing me to feel now as I would feel once my prayer had been answered, and to simply decide to believe it would happen, I felt an incredible sensation rise up out of me. I felt my whole body relax, and bursting forth was this unbelievable feeling of joy and satisfaction that I would be given enough money to rent a place and get myself back on my feet again. That was about 10:30 in the morning. Later the same day, about 4:30 in the afternoon, I received the results of my ‘prayer’ when I found $70 on the sidewalk! With that, I was able to rent a cheap room for a week (very cheap, and very run down) and get a little food to keep me going. The very next day, I went back to the bookstore and bought 3 of the Joseph Murphy books which were there. Over the next several months, I had learned much about the power of faith and how to apply it in my life. There were many times I would experience success in a thing, but whenever I tried it a second time, I would experience failure. Obviously, (at least to me at the time) there

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 18

Prosperity From the Inside Out

was more to the process than the information I had at hand. But I knew (had a strong faith) that I was close, since I had seen results! I didn’t experience consistent results until years later, after I had studied practically everything I could get my hands on, and experimented with all forms of processes and techniques. Eventually, my research became the Keys To Power Mastery System (which can be found at www.PowerKeysPub.com/catalog/keys-to-power), which encompasses prayer, meditation, hypnosis, affirmations, visualization, psychic abilities, and a lot more. My successes, which resulted from the application of faith, include even such things as controlling the weather. Most of the time it would be a simple matter of stopping the rain, but there was one summer in particular when I was with someone who had a small garden and didn’t want to water it every day. At one point, she commented that it would be nice if it would rain a little each day. A few minutes of thoughtful action did the trick. Every day for the next 3 months, a small amount of rain would fall from the skies. Another example more in line with the subject of this book comes from a time when I held a job as a temporary laborer at a die-cutting shop (a place that does finishing work for printers). As a day-laborer, I had absolutely no control over the amount of work coming into the shop, yet I was able to consistently specify how many hours I would work each week, within about a half-hour of what I specified to myself at the beginning of that week. I’ll never forget the time when I mentioned to one of the press operators I had decided that I would get 48 hours that week (8 hours of overtime). His reaction was “ We don’t even have enough work to keep us busy for 40 hours. There’s no way we’ll get 8 hours of overtime!” I smiled and simply said “ But we have no idea what other jobs are coming into the shop. We can only see what’s here now. There will be more jobs coming in the next few days.” The other press operator on our shift (we only had 2 presses going on second shift) thought the idea was intriguing and was open to the possibility. Within a couple of days, a large job came into the shop. What was special about this job was that it required foil stamping and needed to be out the same week. End result: the first press operator got only 40 hours, and the second operator and I got 48 hours. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Mountain-Moving Faith

Page 19

The very next week, the second press operator and I were talking about this and he suggested we go for maximum overtime. I thought it would be an interesting experiment and decided I would specify that I would get maximum overtime. By this time, my faith in the process was strong, so I knew something special would happen. Maximum overtime in this case meant 60 to 70 hour weeks for months on end! That special rush job was done so well that we ended up getting far more work from it than we bargained for! My paychecks were fat to say the least! And I was smiling much of the time for the first time in years. Pay close attention to the lessons here and you can easily do the same.

How to Use the Power of Faith Notice here that I was not running a business. Nor was I a salesperson in this company. I was only a day-laborer brought in to fill a position. I also wasn’t asking God to make things happen for me. I simply ‘decided’ that I would get what I wanted, and I felt assured (had faith) that I would get it. I also didn’t spend any time during the week thinking about whether I would get what I wanted or not. I didn’t question the process. Once I set it in motion, I let it go, and only checked it at the end to see how close it came to what I specified. I can’t tell you how many times I’ve read that in order to get results from prayer (or any other Mind Power technique such as affirmations, decrees, visualization, or so forth) you have to have faith in what you’re doing. My response was probably the same response everyone else has, “ How do I increase my faith?!” In actual fact, there is no way to increase faith. Faith is not something that can be increased or decreased. There is no ‘amount’ of faith. It simply exists as it is. A person who ‘lacks faith’ in prosperity does not actually lack faith. His faith is simply misplaced, since you will find that he does have faith in poverty. A person who ‘lacks faith’ in harmonious relationships does have faith in inharmonious relationships. A person who ‘lacks faith’ in health and well-being will be found to have faith in disease and sickness.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 20

Prosperity From the Inside Out

A person who ‘lacks faith’ in their own ability to succeed does have faith in their ability to fail. You see, everyone has faith. It’s only a matter of where it’s placed.

The Mechanics of Faith Here’s one way to describe how faith works. No one knows for sure how it happens, and this analogy helps to visualize the process. Imagine that you are connected to God (or whatever Source of Life Energy you choose) by a spiritual pipe. Through this pipe flows the great energy of Life. This energy could be called anything, but for sake of simplicity I choose to call it Power. You may choose to call it Manna, Prana, Chi, Ki, soholixphz, or whatever you want. Be my guest. I like simple words I can easily understand. Imagine that this Power is conditioned by the thoughts, feelings, and beliefs within you as it goes out into the world. The nature of this conditioning will determine what events and experiences are created in your life. If you have faith in prosperity, then this Power will pick it up and work to create prosperity in your life. If you have faith in success, then this Power will do what it can to help you succeed. If you have faith that your co-workers are always grouchy, then this Power will influence them to be that way. Also be aware that everyone else has the same Power flowing through them, and they may be directing it to do something different. For example, if you decide to direct Power to help you win the lottery, and you come to a firm decision that you will win a particular lottery on a particular date, be aware that someone else may also direct Power towards helping them win the same lottery. The one who wins will be the one who has more faith in winning and less faith in losing. Also be aware that there are many things which influence the outcome of a single event. Going back to the lottery example, you may have faith that you can direct Power effectively, but how is your faith in your financial condition in general? And what about your beliefs (unconscious faith) about rich people? Does your concept of yourself fit with your concept of rich people? Your faith about whether you fit

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Mountain-Moving Faith

Page 21

into the category of ‘rich person’ will also influence whether your faith in winning the lottery will work or not. There are many factors which go into the equation and determine the final results. Think of it as a scale, with a bucket on each side. Some beliefs add to the positive side; such as “ I can win this lottery” , “ I generally win games of chance” , “ Money comes easily to me” , and “ I only work because I want to” , and will add to the weight of the bucket on that side of the scale. Negative beliefs such as “ Life is hard” , “ Rich people are scum” , “ The odds are against me” , and “ I have terrible luck” will all add weight to the other side of the scale. Whether you actually win or not will depend on the balance of your scale and the balance of the scales of everyone else playing the same game. We’ll come back to this later in the last 2 chapters of this section, where we dig deeper into your belief system and how to change it.

Developing Faith in Prosperity Using faith to attract prosperity can be the most powerful thing you can do, and is certainly the first step to take. If you really want to be prosperous, it is vital that you discover all of your inner beliefs which may be blocking your prosperity, and change them so they support your goals. Beliefs such as “ I hate my job, but I need it to survive” will undoubtedly be an obstacle to attracting greater prosperity. It may be true that you dislike the job you now have, but it is not true that you need it to survive. You may need to have a source of income, and your current job may be the easiest source to identify at the moment, however, just as there were more jobs coming into that die-cutting shop I couldn’t see, there are other opportunities for you as well. Begin to consider that there are more opportunities around you than just the ones you know. Begin to wonder what other things may be more prosperous for you. Begin to reflect upon the possibility that Life could be easy, and that it may be possible for you to have everything you want right here and right now, without waiting! And as you sit there thinking about all of these possibilities, reflect upon what you thought you knew about the world and consider what might happen if you choose to think and believe differently. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 22

Prosperity From the Inside Out

How would you feel if you knew there was a million dollars waiting for you down at the bank, and all you had to do was walk in and sign for it? What would you do once you claimed it? And after you had your fun, what would you do to make the world a better place for everyone? Once you can answer this question, you have your life’s purpose — that thing you are meant to do on this Earth, that thing which will be the source of your greatest prosperity.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

What’s Holding You Back? Most of us are blocked from living our dreams by invisible obstacles we never know are there. We live out our lives never really knowing the great accomplishments we could have achieved, the riches (or relationships) we could have had, or the thrill of experiencing complete freedom from all limitation. In this chapter, I’m going to show you how to identify your hidden obstacles, and what you can do to remove them and live a life of freedom and joy. When it comes to identifying the reasons why we don’t live our dreams, we all have our favorite excuses. Do any of these sound familiar? I’m too young. I’m too old. I’m not attractive enough. I’m not smart enough. I’m not good enough. I don’t have enough money. The economy isn’t good right now. There’s too much competition. I don’t get lucky breaks like other people do. He / She would never be interested in me. My condition is hereditary, it runs in the family. If God wanted me to be successful, it wouldn’t be so hard. Whatever ‘reason’ you have for not reaching out and going after your dreams, I’m sure you believe it’s real and not just an excuse. You most likely believe there’s nothing you can do to change the ‘facts’ of the situation and no amount of ‘thinking’ will remove the obstacles you face. After all, if you believed you could overcome the obstacles, they wouldn’t be obstacles, would they? They’d just be conditions you have to deal with as you turn your dreams into reality.

Page 24

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Beliefs Set Context For Everything Else One of the most insidious ways our beliefs hold us back is that they prevent us from seeing the world around us as it really is. We see what we expect to see, with very few exceptions. Let’s take a look at a couple of examples, and you’ll see what I mean.

Example #1: Getting a great job In this example, imagine that you are out of work and need to find a job. For some of my readers, they won’t have to imagine because they’re actually in this situation. But if this isn’t your situation, just imagine for a moment you need to get a job, okay? What’s the first thing you do? Some people reach for the classified section of the local newspaper, others may sit down to write a resumé, and others may head straight for the unemployment office to sign up for “ benefits” . Whatever you choose to do, what made you choose that instead of something else? Answer: you believe your chosen action to be the best course of action to take, at least the best you know for you in your situation. Okay, so let’s come at this from a different direction. What type of job do you look for? Most likely, you’ll go after jobs you feel you’re qualified for, or at least you’ll approach companies you believe may be likely to hire you. If you’ve only worked in fast food restaurants, you probably won’t even consider applying for an administrative assistant position, although you may consider applying for factory work. If your recent work experience was in construction, you’ll probably look at other construction companies for possible employment, and completely ignore ads for sales managerial positions. And if you’re used to working in sales, you may consider starting your own business and not even consider things like factory work or administrative jobs. In short, when we need a job, we tend to apply for only those jobs we believe ‘fit’ our skills, experience, and abilities. In doing so, we completely ignore possibilities that could open up a whole new way of living.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

What’s Holding You Back?

Page 25

Example #2: Learning new skills Okay, so let’s say that instead of just looking for a new job, we’re considering the possibility of developing ourselves so we can get a BETTER job. In this case, our past experience isn’t really an issue since we’ll be learning new skills and pursuing new directions, or is it? If you stop to think about it, who are the people who set out to learn new skills? Those who already believe they can, right? I remember when my dad died and my mom had some choices to make. My dad had enough insurance to pay off all the debts and leave enough money for my mom to live on for a while. Even so, she was worried about how she was going to live the next 15 years (until she could collect my dad’s retirement) since she didn’t expect the money to last that long. I suggested she take some time to get over the loss of her husband, and then invest some of the money to go back to school and update her skills. Her immediate reaction was, “ Oh no, I could never do that. I’m too old.” So she spent the next 15 years working little jobs that didn’t pay much money. As you can see in this example, our beliefs determine whether we even try to improve our situation, or live with it as it is. I’m sure you can see how this same phenomenon influences the decisions we make in all areas of life, including our relationships with other people, how we manage our health, and even how we deal with unexpected events. If you’d like to learn more about the power our beliefs have in our lives, I have a free report and audio program you can get at http://www.PowerKeysPub.com/WhyBeliefsMatter/.

Tool for Belief Discovery: The Belief Scale In my recent book, Choose To Believe: A Practical Guide to Living Your Dreams, I give a complete system for discovering and changing what we believe in order to eliminate the obstacles to success. In this report, I want to give you a tool from the Choose To Believe system you can start using today. One of the most surprising things people learn in my Choose To Believe workshops is that they have many beliefs they didn’t know about. When we get into the session on discovering what you really Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 26

Prosperity From the Inside Out

believe, almost everyone finds they have beliefs that are quite different than what they expected to find. The thing that helps them see this for themselves is a tool I call the “ Belief Scale” . It’s a simple process that helps you actually measure the strength of any belief you want to examine. What’s really great about being able to measure the strength of a belief is that you can get INSTANT feedback to know if the processes you use to change your beliefs are working or not. This way, you’ll know how well visualization works, and if affirmations really do anything. And not only that, but you can also find out what works BEST, giving you the greatest results while still being fun to do. A Belief Scale may look like anything you feel comfortable with. It can look like a thermometer, a balance scale, a bathroom scale, or a postal scale. It may even look like a volume knob on your stereo, or you may perceive it as different colors or brightnesses of light. It can look like anything you can imagine. Personally, mine looks like a thermometer, and is located in my torso. Here’s how to locate your Belief Scale. Ask yourself if you believe something you know to be an absolute fact, something like, “ Do I believe that 2+2=4?” , or “ Do I believe that we are now living on planet Earth?” (You DO believe these things, right?) If you’re like most people, whenever you ask yourself a question, your mind will always produce an answer, even if there are no words associated with the answer. When most people ask themselves questions such as these, the internal response is something like, “ Well, of course I believe this. It’s an absolute fact!” That “ of course” feeling indicates the top point of your Belief Scale. For me, I feel it as an energy centered in the top portion of my chest. Now, ask yourself a question about something you absolutely DO NOT believe, such as, “ Do I believe I am a squirrel?” or “ Do I believe my name is ‘thingamabob’?” These types of questions will show you where your Belief Scale registers a 0% belief. Again, for me, it’s an energy centered in my lower torso, in my gut. Go back and forth a few times, asking yourself questions about 100% beliefs and 0% beliefs and very quickly, you’ll know where your Belief Scale is, and how to identify how strongly you believe things. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

What’s Holding You Back?

Page 27

Now, to find out how much you believe something, like “ Do I believe I am too old to start a new career?” you know that all you have to do is ask yourself the question and pay attention to your Belief Scale.

How to Use Your Belief Scale Any time you want to measure the strength of one or more beliefs, it’s important to calibrate your Belief Scale. This is nothing more than asking yourself a series of questions that identify the top and bottom of the scale, like we did earlier in this report. Just ask yourself questions you know are absolutely true or absolutely false.

Other possible calibration questions Here are a few questions you may use to help calibrate your Belief Scale: (Don’t think too hard about these. They are meant to be taken lightly.) 1. Do I believe that 2+2=4? 2. Do I believe that I am on planet Earth? 3. Do I believe that I am on planet Mars? 4. Do I believe that I am a squirrel? 5. Do I believe that I am a human being? 6. Do I believe that the sun will rise again tomorrow morning? 7. Do I believe that 1+1=50? 8. Do I believe that the sky is blue? 9. Do I believe that I am alive? 10. Do I believe that the universe was created yesterday?

Questions to Reveal Inner Beliefs Since the Belief Scale works in response to asking yourself a question, you need to have a list of questions to ask yourself in order to discover what you really believe. As you ask yourself each question below, notice where on your Belief Scale it registers. Give it a number if you’d like to identify how strongly you believe the statement. Personally, I rate each belief in terms of percentages, from 0% to 100%. A 0% belief is one I absolutely do not believe at all, and a 100% belief is one I consider to be an immutable fact. Both ends of Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 28

Prosperity From the Inside Out

the scale represent very strong beliefs, either for or against a particular statement. A 50% belief is one that could go either way, it could be true or not. These beliefs are relatively weak. You’re free to use any system you want to measure the strength of your beliefs. You can use a scale from -10 to +10, where 0 represents a middle, yes-or-no, belief, and the 2 ends represent either yes or no answers. It’s your choice, so use whatever system feels good to you. Here are a few questions taken from my book, Choose To Believe. (Many more may be found inside the book and workshop recordings.) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25.

Do you believe that you earn enough money? Do you believe that money is hard to come by? Do you believe that you have to work to earn money? Do you believe that one good idea can make you rich? Do you believe that only dishonest people get rich? Do you believe that you are worth at least $1 million? Do you believe that you will receive $1 million this year? Do you believe that you fit in with others? Do you believe that it takes work to keep a relationship? Do you believe that it’s easy to find a compatible partner? Do you believe that there are many who are looking for someone like you? Do you believe that you are a lovable person? Do you believe that a relationship can be a source of continuous celebration? Do you believe that getting sick is normal? Do you believe that the body heals itself naturally? Do you believe that your cells are constantly renewed? Do you believe that the body breaks down with age? Do you believe that your DNA controls your health? Do you believe that you are a good person? Do you believe that people generally accept you? Do you believe that you deserve to be happy? Do you believe that you have a good life? Do you believe that you are gifted in some way? Do you believe that you have a purpose in life? Do you believe that the world is on the brink of destruction?

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

What’s Holding You Back?

Page 29

26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38.

Do you believe that the world is becoming more enlightened? Do you believe that people like to help others? Do you believe that people are interested only in themselves? Do you believe that only the strong survive? Do you believe that there is a God? Do you believe that God is a judge? Do you believe that God is a teacher? Do you believe that God is a playmate? Do you believe that God is a protector? Do you believe that there is only one God? Do you believe that we are all part of One Great Being? Do you believe that life is a series of lessons to be learned? Do you believe that life is a playground where all we have to do is have fun? 39. Do you believe that life is a jungle where only the strong survive? 40. Do you believe that we are spiritual beings having a human experience? 41. Do you believe that the universe follows strict physical laws which cannot be changed or broken?

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

207 Prosperity Beliefs By this point, you understand that the key secrets to attracting unlimited prosperity lie within your belief systems. Whatever you believe about yourself affects practically everything in your life. Obviously, there is more to attracting prosperity than just working with your belief systems, but please understand that your belief systems are the most important aspect of attracting anything into your life. That’s why it is absolutely critical that you do everything you can to shape your beliefs into whatever pattern you wish to create in your life, and do so BEFORE taking physical action. In the next chapter, you will discover a powerful way you can alter your belief systems to create greater prosperity in your life. As you use this innovative process to reshape your belief system, you want to make the following beliefs strong and powerful. 1. There is more to the Universe than anyone can comprehend. 2. My reality is a direct reflection of what I believe it to be. 3. I am in control of my beliefs, and I can choose to believe whatever I want. 4. There are no limits. 5. The past does not determine the future. 6. Time is an illusion, and anything may happen at any time. 7. The focal point of Power is here and now. 8. I have the Power to determine my future. 9. The world gives me what I expect. I expect only the best. 10. The world gives me the best of everything. All I have to do is be willing to receive it. 11. There is a great abundance of the things I want — they come into my life without effort or thought. 12. Everything I want is already on it’s way to me now. 13. The feelings of love and confidence within me act as a magnet for prosperity and all things good. 14. The more I am grateful for the things in my life, the more I will have to be grateful for.

207 Prosperity Beliefs

Page 31

15. The more I love the things I see, the more I will see the things I love. 16. There is unlimited potential for growth. 17. If I can imagine myself doing something, I am halfway there. 18. Life is a playground where all we have to do is have fun. 19. There is a God who is very active in our Universe. 20. God is very good to me and helps me regularly. 21. We are all part of One Great Being, and what helps one person, helps everyone. 22. We are spiritual beings having a human experience. 23. He who controls the mind is more powerful than he who only controls the body. 24. Miracles are real, and happen more often than anyone realizes. 25. I was born to be a co-creator with God. Not only is it okay for me to create whatever I want, this is my purpose in life. 26. The only failure is the failure to try. 27. As long as I continue to try, everything that did not work out as expected is only a learning experience. 28. Money is merely a symbol of wealth, not wealth itself. 29. Money is nothing more than a number in a computer. There is an infinite supply. 30. No one controls the world’s money supply. Money is constantly in circulation and may come to me at any time. 31. Wealth is a measure of a person’s worth to society. The more I help others, the richer I get. 32. Ideas and information are worth much more than labor or possessions. 33. Having abundant prosperity is normal. 34. Prosperity is the natural result of following my inner desires and impulses. 35. Wealth is created by solving problems and entertaining people. 36. The more people I serve, the more money I make. 37. The best way to make money is to find a large group of people with a definite need, and provide something which meets that need profitably. 38. All it takes to get rich is one good idea. 39. Good people get rich as easily as dishonest ones. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 32

Prosperity From the Inside Out

40. Quality and excellence are rewarded. 41. Cooperation is the key to success. 42. Anyone can go after the quick buck. It’s much better to go after long term success. 43. The best opportunities are the ones others are afraid to go after. 44. The world is becoming more enlightened. 45. People are generally reasonable. 46. People like to help others. 47. People cooperate when they feel that the benefits to them are worth the effort. 48. People want things they know other people want. 49. When something is in demand, the demand for it goes up. 50. People are easier to lead when they feel important. 51. No matter how I feel, I project an image of confidence and authority. 52. Others respond to the image I project to them, not to my inner feelings. 53. The more confident I appear, the more I am able to persuade others. 54. Be relaxed around others. They sense the relaxation and relax themselves. 55. I am at peace with all people. 56. People generally accept me. 57. I completely forgive the human failings of others and myself. 58. Knowledge, wisdom, and understanding are powerful prosperity generators. 59. I learn from those who know more than I so that I may duplicate their results. 60. Anticipating future needs gives me the ability to prepare for rich rewards. 61. Being prepared is more than just a credo; it is a means to winning! 62. Any time wasted on indecision or anxious doubt costs me dearly. 63. A mediocre result is 1000 times better than a perfect idea. 64. One all-out effort will do more than a hundred half efforts.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

207 Prosperity Beliefs

Page 33

65. If I want something, I put everything I have into getting it quickly. 66. I am very focused on attaining my goals. 67. The things that frighten me are not as bad as I imagine. 68. I act with confidence and Power. 69. Answers come to me quickly and easily. 70. The wisdom of God leads me along paths of truth and prosperity. 71. I love all of mankind. 72. Everyone has the potential to teach me something. 73. I can learn from every situation I encounter. 74. My mind perceives everything around me that may be used as an opportunity for greater prosperity. 75. I have a good mind. 76. My memory is good and improves day by day. 77. I think clearly and make sound judgments. 78. I keep my mind and body free from all poisons. 79. I abhor all forms of substance abuse and do not tolerate it. 80. I refuse to spend any time dwelling on negative thoughts. 81. I maintain my self-control and do not overindulge my appetites. 82. I have more ability than I realize. 83. I am a strong and capable person. 84. I want to make my mark upon the world. 85. I want to leave the world a better place than what I found. 86. I’d rather do one thing that can help a thousand people than to only help one person at a time. 87. I focus my time and energy on creating prosperity and enjoying life. 88. I refuse to take on other people’s projects unless there is some value in it for me. 89. I do not allow others to pressure me into doing something I’d rather not do. 90. I refuse to feel guilty because someone wants something that I do not want to give them. 91. I have no problem saying ‘no’ to anyone when it’s the right answer. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 34 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97. 98. 99. 100. 101. 102. 103. 104. 105. 106. 107. 108. 109. 110. 111. 112. 113. 114. 115. 116. 117. 118. 119. 120.

Prosperity From the Inside Out

God made me as I am for a reason. I am a good person. I deserve to be happy. I have a good life. I have a purpose in life. I am gifted in some way. I am destined for greatness. I make good choices. I think clearly and make sound judgments. I rarely make mistakes. I can learn and understand anything. I am learning how to be more and more prosperous. I learn from those who know more so I may duplicate their results. Understanding and wisdom are the foundations upon which I build my world. When I have all the information I need to make a decision, I make that decision quickly and stand behind it to the end. I have fewer problems than most people. My life is normally filled with abundant joy, happiness, and success. My prosperity is a garden that I tend to regularly. I eliminate risks by preparing myself as well as I can. There is no such thing as luck. Luck is simply the result of conditions that may be controlled. I am the only one in control over my destiny. I am at no-one’s mercy. I am the center of the universe. Everything revolves around me. Money comes easily to me. I earn plenty of money no matter what I do. I am worth at least $1 million. I will receive $1 million within a year. Money is good. I love money. I enjoy having money.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

207 Prosperity Beliefs

Page 35

121. I feel good whether I have money or not, since I know that any shortage will be quickly replenished. 122. I enjoy seeing my money grow. 123. Earning money feels good to me. 124. I am getting richer every day. 125. I am worthy of all good things. 126. Abundance is my right. 127. I can get anything I want. 128. Everything I want is already on it’s way to me now. 129. It’s ALL Good. Life is Wonderful! 130. Ideas & information are worth much more than labor or possessions. 131. God is helping me, now and always. 132. I tend to get the best of everything. 133. I like other people. I do what I can to make them happy without sacrificing my own happiness. 134. I seek to understand the world and the people in it. 135. The more I understand, the more prosperous I become. 136. Understanding and wisdom are the foundations upon which I build my world. 137. I enjoy learning and improving myself. 138. There is always a way to learn more. 139. I agree with Abraham Lincoln who said “ If I only had 6 hours to chop down a tree, I would spend 4 hours sharpening the axe.” 140. I constantly strive for excellence. 141. I enjoy trying new things. 142. I stretch my abilities by putting myself into situations where I need to perform at a higher level. 143. I have an infinite potential for learning. 144. I can learn and understand anything. 145. I do my best to give the world what it needs most. 146. The more I benefit the world, the more prosperous I become. 147. I fulfill a vital function in the world. 148. I have been put on this Earth for a purpose. 149. I am destined for greatness. 150. A man on a mission will not be stopped. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 36 151. 152. 153. 154. 155. 156. 157. 158. 159. 160. 161. 162. 163. 164. 165. 166. 167. 168. 169. 170. 171. 172. 173. 174. 175. 176. 177. 178. 179. 180. 181.

Prosperity From the Inside Out

I commit myself to my goals 100%. If the cause is worthy, I will never quit. I am not a quitter. If I leave myself no way out, I will work harder. No one can do everything alone. Everything I want in life, I must get with the help of other people. When I understand people, I am able to get more of what I want. To get others to work harder, inspire them to a higher purpose. I show my team how valuable their work is. I am valuable. I am worthy of having everything I want. Abundance is my right. Money is good. I love having money. I enjoy seeing my money grow. Earning money feels good to me. I am getting richer every day. I have more ability than I realize. I am a strong and capable person. I am the center of the universe. The universe is here to serve me. Prosperity is normal and natural in my life. I have wonderful talents that create great prosperity. If I don’t have what I need, I can get it from someone else. If I don’t know something, I can find the information from somewhere or someone. I gladly spend money to learn how to accomplish my goals. If I can’t do a thing, I can hire someone who can do it. I can hire other people to do the work that needs to be done. I can build a successful business even though I know nothing about it, since I can hire others who do know. As a leader, I earn more money. I can do bigger things with a team. With enough help, I can accomplish anything. I would rather utilize 1% of the efforts of 1000 people than to use 100% of my own efforts.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

207 Prosperity Beliefs

Page 37

182. People want to be led. They feel more secure when following a good leader. 183. I am a good leader. 184. I lead others because that is what must be done in order to accomplish my goals. 185. I do not allow others to pressure me into doing something I’d rather not do. 186. I prefer to operate with systems in place so that everything is organized and I can be more productive. 187. When unexpected things happen, I ask myself questions like “ How can I make this work to my advantage?” 188. I enjoy the challenge of creating new things. 189. If I want something, I do whatever it takes to make it happen. 190. I can get more done when I work with a proven system. 191. I prefer to operate with systems in place so that everything is organized and I can be productive. 192. The best businesses are those that take care of themselves. 193. The best way to make money is to find a large group of people with a definite need and provide that need profitably. 194. The best people to sell a new product to are customers who have already purchased similar products. 195. I make sure to have enough money on hand to pay all my expenses ahead of time. 196. Selling my time or labor is very limiting. I only have so much time to sell. 197. I work to create income sources, which continue to pay me well even without my personal involvement. 198. There is no limit to the number of income sources I may have. 199. I create my income sources quickly so I may be more prosperous. 200. I limit my expenses while I create my income sources so that I may build my prosperity stronger. 201. I make sure to have enough money on hand to pay all my expenses ahead of time. 202. The first 15% of a process is the most important. 203. Make a good start, and the rest of the process will be easier.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 38

Prosperity From the Inside Out

204. Luxuries are fine when there is enough income to support them. 205. Quality always ends up being cheaper. 206. I can save money by buying something that costs twice as much but lasts three times longer. 207. Buying only the cheap stuff is false economy. You may have to spend some time to think about the implications of what some of these beliefs really mean. There is a lot of information here, too much to fully explain in this book. I encourage you to expand your education with other books and courses. Now that you know what beliefs will make it easy to attract, create, and maintain a constant flow of abundant prosperity in your life, now let’s look at how you can program them into your mind and activate your internal prosperity generator.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

How To Get Maximum Results From The Law of Attraction The phrase, “ Law of Attraction” refers to a phenomenon which science has yet to confirm, yet many practitioners know intimately. In general, the phrase refers to a general category of processes which are used for the purpose of creating changes in our physical world with the assistance of an unseen Power, or force. In ancient times (and even in modern times), this Power may have been called God, and the process used to activate the Law of Attraction would have been prayer. Modern processes, are based on an understanding that God does not behave as a person, with whims and petty favoritism, but behaves as a force of nature, just like electricity or gravity. In this report, I’m about to reveal something that almost no-one ever talks about. In fact, it’s something that almost no-one even KNOWS about. When you fully understand what I’m about to share with you in this report, your work with the Law of Attraction will become 300% — 500% more effective. To ensure that you fully understand the impact of what I have to share with you today, I need to cover some background material. You see, I don’t know how much you’ve learned up to this point, and it’s always good to review the basics from time to time. So please bear with me as we go through this. You may find the way I phrase certain things gives you new insight into concepts and ideas you already knew. I tend to hear that a lot when I speak. I once heard Zig Ziglar talk about how a famous football coach started each and every season the exact same way. He’d get in front of his players, hold up a football, and say, “ Gentlemen, THIS is a football.” This famous coach was responsible for one of the longest running winning streaks in the history of the game. However, let’s start our review of the basics a little further along than that.

Page 40

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Basic Foundational Concepts The basic concept behind the Law of Attraction is that the physical world around us is nothing more than a shadow compared to the unseen world which controls the physical plane. This unseen plane of existence is the source of all true Power, and is what we tap into whenever we focus our attention on creating any change in the physical world. Basic concept #1. Basic concept #2 is that we direct this Power with our consciousness, which I will refer to as our “ mind” . I say it this way to get around the debate about the role our emotions play in this process. Suffice it to say that our emotions must respond to our conscious choice, and thus our conscious choice is the originating cause of everything we do, mentally or emotionally. Now, any time a ‘power’, or ‘force’, is used to create any kind of change, there is a basic principle that says the more intense that force, the more effectively the change will be made. Trying to push a car with only 10 horsepower of force won’t budge it, but apply 10,000 horsepower of force and the car will move rather quickly! Related to this, the more FOCUSED the force is, the more intensely it operates in the specific situation. For example, a bullet sitting on a pile of dynamite will move rather quickly when the dynamite explodes, but a much smaller amount of gunpowder will shoot the bullet even more quickly because the force is focused in a specific direction. As another example, a sharp knife cuts more easily than a dull one because the force is applied across a smaller area. With these basic concepts, we can easily see that in order to get the most from the Law of Attraction, we must be able to not only apply a greater force, but also apply it with the best focus we can muster. The next basic concept I need to address here is that out of the various mental factors related to our ability to tap into Universal Power (thoughts, emotions, beliefs), it is our beliefs which have the greatest impact on the results we get. I know some people may disagree with this point, and since it is critical to what I have to share with you today, let’s review some of the evidence supporting this statement.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

How To Get Maximum Results From The Law of Attraction

Page 41

Why Beliefs Are Most Important In The Law of Attraction I cover this in great detail in my book, Choose To Believe: A Practical Guide to Living Your Dreams, but for the sake of completeness, I want to hit the highlights here. Almost everyone these days refers to experiments in the field of quantum physics. One of the main reasons WHY is because those scientists are about as hard-nosed against the Law of Attraction as anyone on Earth! The fact they’ve concluded that our expectations influence the outcome of any given event goes a long way towards proving that our beliefs have a direct connection to physical reality. Notice the word, ‘expectation’. That’s another way of saying ‘belief’. And then there are all the experiments performed by Dr. Rhine at Duke University. Although his experiments failed to convince the world at large that psychic abilities exist, the results WERE statistically significant. Dr. Rhine noted in his logs that the belief a subject had in the reality of psychic abilities was “ the most telling factor” indicating the eventual outcome of an individual’s work, whether it was basic ESP or psychokinesis (mind over matter). The final bit of evidence I’ll cover here is what’s known as “ the placebo effect” in medical research. This has been defined as a healing response to a belief in the patient’s mind. In short, when a patient believes they are getting an effective treatment for a condition, the placebo effect kicks in and triggers a healing, regardless of the actual effectiveness of the treatment itself! There are some arguments to the effect that our entire traditional medical system is based on the placebo effect in one way or another. If you’d like more information on the scientific evidence supporting the power of belief, I have a free report and audio program you may download from my website, at: http://www.PowerKeysPub.com/WhyBeliefsMatter/

Bringing It All Together Since beliefs are the most telling factor regarding the results we’ll get with the Law of Attraction, and to believe something is to accept it Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 42

Prosperity From the Inside Out

as true, then it is imperative that we accept the outcome of our work as a reality before we finish whatever Law of Attraction process we use. I’m sure you already know this and are doing it, at least to some degree. Let’s not pass this off as obvious, and take a closer look, because there’s something hidden in the midst of all this which most people miss completely. First of all, let’s consider WHY beliefs have such a great impact on the Law of Attraction. What happens when you are unsure of something, like stepping onto a rock? You tend to do it cautiously, slowly, and ready to move a different way at a moment’s notice. Right? In effect, you are spreading your efforts (your physical force) across a larger area (potential direction) to minimize the impact of a mistake, or loose footing. Now consider how you step forward when you KNOW the ground will be solid under your feet. You have a firm belief, a conviction, that your efforts will be productive and produce the result you seek – moving forward. Your physical force of movement is more tightly focused (only 1 potential direction), and produces a greater intensity towards accomplishing the intended goal. Okay, now consider how this may be applied to using the Law of Attraction. If you are unsure about what you are doing, your mind will waver hither and yon, never really committing to a single direction. On the other hand, if you are absolutely sure of yourself, full of confidence about what you are doing, your mental force will be more focused and therefore produce a better result, no? So it follows that in order to maximize the effectiveness of the Law of Attraction, you should start by eliciting within yourself a strong feeling of confidence about what you are about to do. Take a moment now, and just sit back and consider the impact of this realization, and let it sink down into your inner consciousness. Let your mind find new connections between this new insight and everything you currently know.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

How To Get Maximum Results From The Law of Attraction

Page 43

Putting This Into Practice It wouldn’t serve much purpose to know WHAT to do without also knowing HOW to do it. Here are a few tips I’ve learned that make it super easy to be more confident within mere moments. Most of the common suggestions for confidence are okay. Practice until you are comfortable using whatever Law of Attraction process you’ve selected. Visualize yourself as being successful in this venture – getting the results you want. Dress up in good quality clothing. Take care of your physical body – get enough sleep, exercise, and good food. You know, that sort of thing. However, if you really want to maximize your results, you’ll want to bring out the power-tools. If I were like most online marketers, this is where I’d direct you to sign up for one of my memberships, or even purchase my book, Choose To Believe. However, I’m not like that, and I’ll give you some solid information right here, right now. One of the easiest and quickest ways to elicit within yourself a strong feeling of confidence is to focus on something for which you already have abundant confidence. For example, if you are absolutely positive that 2+2=4, you could use that as a trigger to bring up a feeling of confidence. Yes, I know it sounds ridiculous, but hey, it works. In fact, if you use a series of affirmative statements about things you already believe are true, this activates a principle NLP (NeuroLinguistic Programming) enthusiasts call “ pacing and leading” . By ‘pacing’ your current beliefs, you elicit within yourself a strong feeling of trust (confidence / belief) that may be used to ‘lead’ your mind to accept other (new) statements as facts. In other words, your belief in one set of statements is transferred to a new statement, and your mind automatically begins to believe it more!

Here’s an example of how this is used: 1. 2. 3. 4.

I know that 2+2=4. I know that I am living on planet Earth. I know that there is a Power which can perform miracles. I know that this Power cannot fail, it is always successful.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 44

Prosperity From the Inside Out

5. I know that I am focusing on this Power now. 6. I know that I am growing more and more confident. 7. I know that the Miracle Power creates the change I desire to see. 8. I know that this Power fulfills my wish in a perfectly Divine way. 9. I know that I will soon see the changes I have chosen to effect. By using the words, “ I know that ......” we are focusing our attention on the strongest degree of belief that can possibly exist. If we were to say, “ I believe that .....” the effect would not be as strong. You are welcome to use any pacing statements you want in this format to elicit a strong feeling of confidence. It really doesn’t matter if your pacing statements relate to the end goal or not, however, I tend to believe the end result will be better if they do tie in with your desired results. In actual practice, you will usually repeat a series of pacing and leading statements a number of times rather than just once. There’s no hard and fast rule, but the guiding principle is that you continue until you feel absolutely confident in the final statement, which is the thing you want to have happen. When this final statement feels just as true as the others, your work is done. In fact, this process may constitute the entirety of your Law of Attraction routine. Of course, if you enjoy the other processes you work with, there’s no reason for you not to do them, so go ahead and enjoy yourself.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Section 2: Personal Prosperity Keys In this section, you will discover: 1. How you can be happy every single day, no matter what may be happening in the world around you. 2. How to eliminate stress and anger. 3. How to set goals you’ll actually enjoy achieving. 4. The most important key to prosperity. 5. The true importance of gift giving. 6. Why Christmas HAD to be commercialized. 7. The Magic Mirror of Abundance.

How To Be Happy Every Day Most people feel that they can only be happy when things are going well in their lives. For these folks, they need a reason to be happy, something to make them happy. I’m here to show you how you can be happy any day you choose, whether you have a ‘reason’ for it or not. However, before I dive right in, I want to say that I’m one of these people who doesn’t do anything without a reason. As you’ll see in this chapter, when you choose to be happy, good things happen, and this is perhaps the BEST reason to create happiness in your daily life.

Put Things Into Perspective Okay, you may not be living a life of joyous abandonment, but really, how bad is it? Are you about to be put to death? Are you being mutilated and tortured with physical disfigurement? Are there billboards on every street corner with your photo and the words, “ Hideous Evil-doer” ? Probably not. (Have you cracked a smile yet?) Unless your life will definitely come to an end today, there is always hope that tomorrow will be better. And when there’s hope, there’s a reason to be happy. When things are at their worst, they HAVE to get better, right? So cheer up, and before you know it, life will get better and better. Now, just to make sure I cover as many possibilities as I can, I want to say that there’s also a reason to be happy even if your life WILL end today. At least the pain and suffering will be over, wouldn’t you agree? You can be happy simply because you’ve come to the end of your journey and it’s time to rest. And if you believe in re-incarnation, you’ll have another opportunity to live a happier life next time around. The main point I’m trying to make here is that when you put your life into perspective, it’s not as bad as you may think it is. In fact, this phrase brightened up the darkest days of my life, and may help you too. “ It’s not as bad as I think it is.”

How To Be Happy Every Day

Page 47

Count Your Blessings Most of us take for granted many of the conveniences we enjoy in our daily lives. First of all, if you’re reading this, there’s a good chance you have access to a computer and the Internet. That alone puts you into the upper brackets in terms of wealth. There are whole COUNTRIES of people who do not have computers nor Internet access. Do you have indoor plumbing? How about electricity? And let’s not forget things like television, radio, and the ability to shop in grocery stores! Did you have to make your own clothes, or did you purchase them? You certainly don’t have to sleep in caves, nor do you sleep on the ground. I’m sure you have a bed as well as other furniture that makes life much more enjoyable. What I’m trying to say here is that there is much in your life you are taking for granted. Yes, most of the people you know also have these things, but this doesn’t mean that everyone in the world has them. The feeling of gratitude creates happiness into your life. Imagine if you had nothing, how happy you’d feel to be given a small thing like a pair of shoes or a bed. Be grateful for the things you have now. As strange as it may seem, the feeling of gratitude has a tendency to attract more good things into your life. There is a quote from the Christian Bible that has been slightly altered from its original meaning. The quote goes something like: “ To those who have, more will be given. But to those who don’t have, even that which they do have will be taken away.” The original meaning was “ To those who have the feeling of something, more will be given. But to those who don’t have the feeling of a thing, even that which they do have will be taken away.” What this means is that there is a spiritual principle which will attract prosperity to those who feel they are prosperous, or happy events to happy people. I tend to simplify this into the phrase, “ Whatever you focus on, you magnify in your life.” Focus on what is good, and more good will appear. Focus on what is wrong, and more will go wrong. Allow yourself to enjoy the things that are good, and there will be more good things to enjoy. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 48

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Take Time For Yourself Too many of us these days spend far too much time working and not enough time playing. It’s important to take some time for yourself and just have a bit of fun. It doesn’t have to be a whole month, or even a week. Sometimes just a few minutes is all you need to recover a sense of balance and poise so you can continue with what needs to be done. Try this experiment. Right now. Yes, I mean RIGHT NOW. Sit back, close your eyes, and relax as much as you can. Take a deep breath and release it slowly. Don’t hold it, just let it go gently and easily. Do the same with 6 more deep breaths. Don’t rush it, don’t push, don’t think, and don’t ‘try’ to do anything. Just relax as much as you can for these 7 breaths. Most people feel a sense of happiness and joy emerging from deep within themselves. Even if you didn’t feel it this time, I guarantee if you do it a few times, you’ll start to notice a feeling of joy and happiness welling up within you, proving a point that many authors have expressed – your natural state of being is joy, and when you relax and simply BE who you are, happiness comes naturally. Of course, if you haven’t taken ANY time for yourself in years, you may need to do a little more to restore your inner balance. On the other hand, if your situation is different, and you’ve spent too much time in one physical location (behind a desk, for example), you may need to engage in some physical activity to restore your inner balance. If you’re struggling to meet your current (or past) responsibilities, it may seem like you can’t afford to take the time you need to just play. I definitely know how you feel, because I’ve worked myself into just such a corner at various times in my life. The secret in these situations is to take small amounts of time here and there. Don’t worry about taking a week’s vacation. Just take 15 minutes at a time, or an hour if you can, and do something fun. Grab a basketball and shoot hoops. Put on some music and dance. Go for a walk. Do anything you enjoy doing that also gets you moving.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

How To Be Happy Every Day

Page 49

Do Something Worthwhile Although it’s important to relax and allow your natural (and joyous) state of being spring forth, it’s equally important to spend time doing something worthwhile that you can be proud of. Actually, our physical bodies NEED a certain level of activity in order to remain healthy. One of the major reasons why people lose the ability to do many things as they get older is simply because they stop doing as much as they did when they were younger. Our bodies adapt to whatever level of activity is required of them, and when there’s not enough activity, our bodies adapt in a negative way. As the old saying goes, “ use it or lose it.” Additionally, our MINDS need a certain level of engagement as well, and for much the same reason. Believe it or not, smart people don’t necessarily have better brains, they just use them more often. As an example, I spent a number of years doing very little brainwork, spending most my time meditating and doing a minimal amount of physical labor to earn a meager living. After 5 years of this, I had difficulty thinking of things to say in social conversation, and was generally regarded as “ weak-minded” . Once I saw what was happening and reversed my pattern, taking time to exercise my mind as often as I could, I regained my previous mental capacity (I used to be a ‘A’ student) and was again considered to be intellectually gifted. The more we do, either physically or mentally, the more we are capable of doing, and the easier it is to do whatever we set out to do. I’m sure you’ll agree that it’s much easier to be happy when Life’s problems are more easily dispatched. However, this isn’t the main point I want to make here. To be happy, truly happy, it’s important to have a sense of pride about your work. This isn’t to say that you have to be the CEO of a Fortune 500 company. You can be proud of what you do no matter what your job may be. If your job is flipping burgers at the local fast-food restaurant, you could be proud of the fact that you help thousands save valuable time fueling their bodies so they can focus on more important matters. If your job is picking up trash, you could be proud of the fact that you serve to keep your city clean, and without you, the city would eventually turn into a garbage dump. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 50

Prosperity From the Inside Out

If your job is working on an assembly line in a factory, you could be proud of the fact that you are an integral part of the team that produces whatever product your line manufactures. Obviously, the product serves some valuable purpose, or else no-one would buy it. Look at your job in terms of the value your product conveys to the people who do buy it. No matter what type of job you have, you can find something about it for which you can be proud. And if not, take it as a sign that it’s time to find a new job. Or to create one for yourself. One of the great things about feeling good about your job is that it gives you more energy to do better work. And when you do your job better, it tends to lead to other good things, like promotions, pay raises, and a chance to enjoy yourself more. This is truly a case where happiness leads to more happiness.

Choose To Believe In Yourself The next major step towards being happy every day is to choose to believe in yourself. Most of the time, we’re unhappy because we believe our experience of life is not good, and that we are incapable of improving it. Think about it. If you believed your current situation was great, you’d be happy, wouldn’t you? And even if your current situation isn’t good, if you believed you could easily improve it, happiness wouldn’t be too far away. If this isn’t self-evident, then consider what it means to be depressed. Being depressed means that you believe your life situation to be bad with no hope for anything better. Anyone who says differently has something to sell you. A new drug, perhaps? Here again, I can offer an example from my own life. Many years ago, when it seemed the world was against me and there was no way I could make things better, I felt so depressed, I literally contemplated suicide. Luckily, there was at least a shadow of a belief that things could get better, so I never actually followed through with it. I found my inner motivation again when I started working with the power of belief. At first, I couldn’t imagine that everything would just magically turn out for the best, so I started with a small belief, a tiny step in a Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

How To Be Happy Every Day

Page 51

better direction. It’s one I mentioned earlier in this report. “ It’s not as bad as I think it is.” As I repeated this thought to myself over and over again, I started to think about how things could actually be better than I thought they were. Maybe I didn’t see things for what they truly were. Maybe I has mis-interpreted what people meant by the things they said and did. Maybe there was an opportunity I wasn’t seeing because I didn’t believe it was there. Maybe....... My belief in myself started to grow within a matter of moments. And I felt new energy welling up inside me, and a new sense of hope. The next step was to build on this and take it to a higher level, affirming that I could solve whatever problems were facing me, and that I would indeed come out okay. As surely as the previous affirmation got me out of despair, this line of thinking gave me the motivation to move forward. I’ve come a long way since then, and these days I tend to use different techniques to shift my beliefs. I also tend to focus on maintaining a sense of immense joy rather than just getting out of a dark hole.

Make A Firm Decision To Be Happy When it comes right down to it, as Abraham Lincoln once said, “ a man is about as happy as he makes up his mind to be.” Most of the time, shifting yourself into happiness is as easy as making the decision to do so. Other times, you only need to make small adjustments to release the bonds holding your happiness inside. What makes you feel good? We’ve already talked about taking care of your physical and mental needs, such as getting plenty of rest, exercise, and having pride in your work. There are many other things which can help too. Things like opening a window to get fresh air, or getting outside to take a walk. Getting plenty of oxygen into your system helps in so many ways. Music is a great way to shift the energy in your environment, and playing happy music is a great way to create happiness within yourself. Dressing up in good clothes is something that works for many people,

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 52

Prosperity From the Inside Out

as does being well groomed. For many folks, when they look good, they feel good. Basically, anything that makes you feel good can increase your happiness. I have one final story to tell you about the magic of happiness. Back when I lived in Kansas City, I had a small job cleaning apartment buildings. Little stuff, like vacuuming floors, washing windows, and sweeping doorsteps. My boss was a very negative person, and for quite a while, there wasn’t a day that went by without him finding something about me or my work to criticize. Well, one day, I made a firm decision that, no matter what, I was going to be happy that day. If this guy said anything to disrupt my happiness, I would just leave and find another job if I had to. This was during a time when I was testing the power of setting firm intentions. The result of setting this intention to be happy was that my boss said almost nothing to me all day. I got to work, he showed me what he wanted done, and left me to do it. When lunchtime came around, we got something to eat, ate it in virtual silence, and went back to work. It was one of the quietest days I had on that job. The next day, I wanted to see if the experiment would work a 2nd time. Again, I set a firm intention to be happy all day long, and if anything happened to threaten my happiness, I would walk away. And once again, my boss didn’t say anything critical or unkind. After hundreds of such experiments, I can tell you that when you set a firm intention to be happy, the world around you tends to change to support your decision. Sometimes, you are presented with something you have to do in order to create the thing you want, such as reading a new book, or going a different route to work, or whatever else it may be. In these cases, it’s best to just go with the flow, and let the Universe guide you.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Power Keys For Eliminating Stress From Your Life Stress comes from only 2 sources. Either being uncomfortable in your present surroundings, or believing you are inadequate in some way. I know there are many who will disagree with me, but the bottom line is that any other explanation for the cause of stress will boil down to one of these two reasons. Knowing this gives us several options to eliminate stress from our lives. I’m sure you’ve heard that not all stress is bad, and that we need a certain amount of stress just to stay alive, and other things along these lines. The stress I’m talking about in this chapter is the excess stress we don’t need, which causes all sorts of problems for us. Many of us are not aware of how much stress we carry around with us. There are so few people who have eliminated all excess stress from their lives that, for all practical purposes, we can say they don’t exist. If you feel you are one of these rare people, then congratulations! But even so, examine what I’m about to cover and see if maybe you can eliminate a little more stress, and reach a healthier state of being.

Dealing With Discomfort Let’s take a look at the first major cause of stress — being uncomfortable in your surroundings. This could be physical discomfort, or emotional discomfort. Physical discomfort refers to being too hot, too cold, sitting on too hard a surface, and so forth. I’ve found that, in many cases, the discomfort stems from resisting the situation, and not accepting it. I’ve never liked being too cold, but when I’ve consciously accepted it, and stopped resisting the cold, then I became much more comfortable with it. The same is true in situations which are too hot for my preferences, as well as practically every other physical discomfort I’ve tested. Resistance leads to pain, and acceptance eliminates much of the discomfort.

Page 54

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Stress resulting from physical discomfort can be eliminated by either accepting the situation, or by changing it. The famous Serenity Prayer stems from this idea. If you can change something you don’t like, then change it. If you cannot change it, then accept it. Emotional discomfort can be alleviated much the same way. Emotional discomfort comes as a result of someone acting or reacting to you in a manner you don’t want to accept. Criticism, blame, hatred, jealousy, guilt, and other harmful words are usually not welcome, appreciated, nor accepted. If someone says that we are inferior, or that we are wrong in some fundamental way, we tend to take it as a judgment of ourselves. Most of the time, however, it is more of a judgment of the person who says such things. If you were to interpret every negative word against you as a statement against the person speaking, then you will eliminate a great deal of emotional discomfort and the stress which comes from it. With everything said to you, you have a choice whether the statement has any merit or not. If there is merit, and there is an opportunity to improve yourself in a way you wish to improve, then by all means use the information to make a positive change. However, if there is no merit to what is said, then release it as the words of a misguided individual. So, stress from discomfort can be mostly eliminated by simply not resisting the uncomfortable situation, and accepting it for what it is. If you watch animals such as cats or dogs, you’ll see that they really don’t care what kind of surface they lie upon. They can sleep practically anywhere. This is because they do not resist the surface. As Bruce Lee once said, “ Be like water, my friend. Water molds itself to any environment in which it finds itself.” This is one of the primary secrets to eliminating stress.

Dealing With Stressful Beliefs The other major cause of stress is thinking that you’re inadequate in some way. If this is indeed the case, then you may be in trouble. But rarely is this the true case. Rather, it is much more likely that you are more than adequate, and you just don’t realize it.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Power Keys For Eliminating Stress From Your Life

Page 55

Inadequacy comes in a variety of forms. There’s physical inadequacy, where we cannot do a required thing, like lifting a heavy weight, or fitting into a particular space. Although things like this may be changed gradually over time, it does us no good if we have to fit through a tiny window in order to escape a fire. The best we can do in these situations is to use our brain power to imagine another solution to the current problem, such as finding another way out of the burning building. On the other hand, many people have surprised themselves with great feats of strength or skill when a difficult situation demanded it. You may be more capable than you dare imagine. A related form of inadequacy is a low level of skill in a particular area. For instance, we may type at a slow pace, or we may do poorly in games such as bowling, charades, or chess. In these situations, it is helpful to realize that many times our beliefs will influence our skills, and when we believe we are good at something, we perform much better than when we believe our skills are limited. As an example of this, I remember playing a game of bowling, and that particular night, I had forgotten my glasses, and was therefore unable to see the pins clearly. As an experiment, I decided to imagine I was a great bowler, and that my body knew exactly how to perform at a high level. My final score surprised even me. Whereas I normally scored around 130, that night I scored 192! Choosing to believe I was a great bowler produced a fantastic score as a result. Another form of inadequacy is where we do not measure up to another person’s judgment. Our hair may be too long or too short for their tastes, or we may be thinner or fatter than they believe is right, or perhaps we do not choose to wear a scent they find pleasing. The best way to deal with this source of stress is to realize that you’ll never be able to please everyone, and as long as you are happy with the way you are, that’s all that really matters. Of course, if you find a particular criticism coming up often from people you care about, then it may be worth looking into the possibility of changing this aspect of yourself.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Transforming Anger Into Joy Any emotion feeds on it’s expression. The more you express an emotion, the easier it becomes to express it more often. If you have a problem with anger, this means you’ve expressed it often enough to make it too easy to express without really thinking about it. If you want to eliminate anger from your life, you have to stop feeding it (stop expressing it), and start expressing the opposite emotions of love, acceptance, and joy instead. I know this sounds like a tall order, but I can tell you from my own experience, not only is it possible, but it can happen much quicker than you may imagine. A lot of people get into problems when they try to bottle up an emotion inside, because it festers and grows to the point where it blows up explosively. In this chapter, I will show you a way to avoid this, so that you may release the anger completely, allowing it to drain away from you, and never come up again. The proper way is to not bottle it up, but rather to refuse to acknowledge it’s presence. When people bottle up an emotion, they continue to focus upon the emotion they are resisting. In my Keys To Power Mastery System, students learn that any time you focus upon an emotion (or anything for that matter), you increase the amount of Power working to create the same emotion in the future. For instance, when you focus upon anger, your inner mind directs Universal Power to create situations in your life which will make you angry. If you focus upon joy, this Power creates joyful experiences for you instead. What you will do from now on is take time out to visualize the anger that had been a part of you, and see it now draining out of your body, out of your mind, out of your soul. The anger will leave you completely, making you feel lighter and more energized. If you still feel any lingering anger after doing this, do it again, as often as necessary until you feel completely free of it. With the anger drained out of your soul, you will start to feel the natural joy which comes from your inner Spirit. You will begin to see the world around you as a place where you can experience as much joy as you care to claim. The emotions of love, acceptance, and joy will

Transforming Anger Into Joy

Page 57

well up within you, filling you with so much happiness, there won’t be any room for anything else. And as this joy fills you to overflowing, you will begin to find yourself naturally expressing joy at all times, even those times that used to invoke anger. And the more you do this, the more this joy will conquer anger, and your life will transform into a radiant expression of the Divine. You may assist the process by contemplating things you find joyful, such as a child’s laughter, the taste of your favorite food, or a lover’s embrace. Notice the feeling of joy within you, and imagine how much more intense this feeling could become. Can the joy within you grow brighter, lighter, hotter, bigger, until it fills the entire Universe? What would it feel like if it did? Many years ago, I used to be someone who could be aptly described as an “ angry person.” I used to fly into fits of rage often, with the slightest provocation. By using this process, I was able to change my habitual response so dramatically within a mere month that many people could not believe the transformation. Of course, I worked on it daily, for an hour or more each day. At some point, as you work with your belief system with the techniques in this book, you will find yourself acknowledging that you are the only creator in your life. You alone hold the Power to create the experiences you find on your pathway of life. When you fully understand this fact, then you will also find the evidence that shows where your past beliefs created the situations that made you angry in the past. You will also understand that as you continue to focus upon love and joy, that those emotions will create better experiences in your life that you will enjoy. I hope this gives you the encouragement you need to devote enough time to eliminating the anger from your life. As they say, a journey of a thousand miles begins with a single step, and that a castle gets built one brick at a time. Take each step as they come up, and you will transform your life as much as you want.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Setting Power Goals Every so often, every successful person sits down to evaluate the direction his/her life is taking and decide where they want their life to go next. We all know how important it is to have goals. We hear from every expert on self-improvement and success that those with clearly defined goals achieve at least 7 times more than those without goals. If you’re like me, you’ve followed along with one of these success speakers to outline a series of goals that will motivate you to work hard and become greater than you’ve ever been in your life. But have those goals truly motivated you? Did you reach the pinnacle of success? Did you make that million dollars, get that fancy sports car, or marry the fashion model of your dreams? Or if you were more realistic, did you get that raise, improve your current relationship, or attain a measure of self-confidence? There’s certainly nothing wrong with setting goals. In fact I agree with the motivational speakers in that goals are imperative if you are truly committed to creating the kind of life you want. But that’s the real secret. What kind of life do YOU want? We’ve been programmed since birth that everyone wants money, good health, and the ultimate relationship. Guys are programmed to want the fancy sports cars and the beautiful women. Women are programmed to want a happy household and a successful career at the same time. What I’d like to do now is to give you some questions to ask yourself to find out what you really want out of life so you can set your own goals, not someone else’s. The first set of questions to ask yourself are: What in your life irritates you? What makes you feel less than satisfied? What would you like to get rid of if you could? Although most of us have been programmed to believe that certain things will make us happy, few of us have been programmed to believe that other things will make us unhappy. If you know what makes you unhappy, you have a good idea of what will really make you happy. Now, ask yourself these questions: How would you like to spend your free time? If you were given a full month to do anything you’d

Setting Power Goals

Page 59

like to do, where would you go? If you were told that you would die in six months, what would you do with the time you had left to live? That last question especially gets to the heart of the matter. Most people would very quickly dismiss all of the programming society has fed them if they thought they were going to die in six months. Now, using that concept for just another moment, is there anything you’d like to accomplish to leave your mark on the world before you go? This question starts to activate a part of your brain that normally stays quiet, thinking that there will always be time enough to do the important things in life. We all like to think so, but no-one really knows for sure. Is there something that you could do to make this world a better place? Are there people that you could help in some way? Is there something you could do that would be remembered a hundred years from now? Don’t worry if the answer to that last question is ‘no’. Not everyone is destined for greatness, and maybe you just aren’t cut out to be a legend. There’s no shame in just being a cog in the machine. But if you think that there may be something you could do that would impact the world greatly, don’t let modesty stand in your way either! Somewhere in this line of questioning, most people tend to find their life’s purpose. That thing that they were meant to do while on this Earth. Their mission in life. The one goal beyond all other goals that will drive them onward through thick and thin, through rain and snow and sleet, over mountains and oceans, until they overcome their greatest fears and succeed where all others have failed. Rarely does anyone ask themselves these questions and come up with a goal of making a million dollars or marrying the newest supermodel. But maybe you’ve found a goal to become the most successful salesperson in your company, a record that will stand for years before anyone else equals your achievements. Maybe you’ve found a goal to teach kids to read. Maybe you’ve found a goal to become a stellar example of how to demonstrate love in everyday situations. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 60

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Maybe you’ve found a goal to write a book that will teach the world an important lesson that no-one seems to have learned except you. And maybe you’ve found a goal to help someone else achieve the success that you know they are capable of. Whatever central goal you’ve found for yourself, here are some questions that will help you define what to do next. Although you may need to research this question, what steps do you need to follow to reach your primary goal? No-one really knows all the steps required to reach a particular goal, especially if it’s one that no-one has reached before, but try to gather whatever information is readily available. Don’t spend all your time looking for information, though. You have work to do, so get to it as soon as you have a good idea of where to get started. Now that you know where you eventually want to end up in life, you may want to take some time to evaluate how the other projects in your life fit into the overall scheme of things. Here’s an example. I recently reviewed my own goals, mostly because I’ve found myself going in too many directions at once. One of my project, working with the website for my church, stood out as being inconsistent with my primary goal, which is to refine the Keys To Power system and make it available to as many people as possible. I also noticed that what I thought was a goal of mine (to build a net worth of $1 million within the next year), wasn’t so important to me. Actually, I’d be quite content with only $100,000. And the importance of my photography business also found itself going out the window. It’s fun, and I won’t avoid it completely, but I really want to spend my time promoting the Keys To Power system to the world. You may also find that some of your minor goals don’t fit anymore with your primary goal. But just as no man is an island, no goal is truly sufficient unto itself. Your primary goal needs partners to flourish. What besides this primary goal do you need to be happy? Bring back that list of things that currently make you unhappy. What can you do to change them? Is there a way you can change them and make progress towards your primary goal at the same time? Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Setting Power Goals

Page 61

Also bring back that list of things you’d like to spend your time doing. What can you fit into your schedule as you work towards your primary goal? Schools have periodic recess periods for a reason. Noone can work well without short breaks to have fun. Make sure to allow yourself to have some fun along the way! There’s a lot more that can be said about setting goals and balancing them with playtime. But I’ve said enough for one article. Go ahead, take a break and have some fun. Then get to work, you have something important to accomplish!

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

The Most Important Key To Prosperity There is a single key to prosperity, that will give you everything you ever wanted in life. This one key to prosperity will give you riches beyond your imagination, love without end, and perfect health well past the average age of mankind. This key is not a secret, as just about every motivational speaker and business coach has presented the concept over and over again to a deaf audience. In fact, you yourself have probably been given this key many times in your life. But have you listened? Have you taken the information to heart and made it an ongoing part of your life? Have you improved your skill to the point where ‘excellence’ is an apt description? For that is the key secret to which all great people owe their greatness. To be excellent in something, whatever it is, is to be the one everyone wants to work with. Artists are a dime a dozen, but a great artist can command a premium for his/her artwork. A single work of great art can be sold for millions, whereas a work of ‘average’ art is lucky to fetch $100. In my field of photography, this is definitely the case. An average photographer can earn about $500 from an average wedding. A great photographer doing the same job can earn over $10,000, doing almost no additional work. Musicians are the same in this regard. An average musician is lucky to be able to earn a living from live performances. Great musicians can earn $100,000 a night performing to sell-out crowds. In business, the same key applies. An average accountant will earn $40,000 per year whereas a great accountant can earn over $400,000. An average website may earn only $1,000 per month, but a great website can earn over $10,000 per month. An average car sells for about $25,000, but a great car sells for over $250,000. The lesson here is that the better you are at what you do, the more you can sell it for. But this key works in other areas besides financial.

The Most Important Key To Prosperity

Page 63

Someone with average skills in obtaining peace of mind will find peace eluding them often. With ‘excellent’ skills, peace of mind would be a much more common experience. A person with ‘average’ relationship skills will get a certain amount of happiness in a relationship. Someone with ‘excellent’ relationship skills will have a relationship to sing about. An average cook may not get any complaints about the food, but an excellent cook will attract crowds of hungry people. Becoming excellent in what you do will reward you far beyond money, but will also reward you with love, happiness, peace of mind, and anything else you can imagine. How to become excellent? That is the inevitable question that comes up next. That too is no secret, but is something that very few people want to acknowledge. Practice. Practice. Practice. But before you can practice, you have to know what excellence is. You have to know what you are practicing to obtain. To know the goal is the first step in reaching it. For this, you usually want to seek out those who are considered excellent in the area that you wish to develop your own excellence. A writer will want to consult with excellent writers. A musician will want to rehearse with excellent musicians. A teacher will want to learn from excellent teachers. A salesperson will want to learn from excellent salespeople. Someone wanting a cleaner house will want to learn from someone who is an excellent housekeeper. Someone wanting more peace of mind will want to learn from someone who has an abundance of it. Someone wanting a better relationship will want to learn from others who have great relationships. And once you find an example to learn from, try to do what they do. In the process, you will learn what leads to excellence and eventually you will learn how to be excellent yourself, even in situations where your examples were never studied. Becoming excellent takes time. It takes work. But the rewards are so out of proportion to the effort involved that you’d think you found the gold mine.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

The True Importance Of Gift Giving Although many people balk at the commercialization that has taken place around Christmas, it is important for us to realize the prosperous results of gift giving. As much as anyone, I wish that the true meaning of Christmas was advertised as much as the “ Incredible Savings - This Week Only” deals of the season. But even though shopkeepers depend on Christmas gift-giving to generate a profit for the whole year, it is up to us to maintain our focus upon what is truly important. Before I start, however, I want to mention that the benefits of giftgiving are not limited to only those who follow the Christian faith, nor are they limited to the Christmas season. In our society, we are much more familiar with the tradition of gift-giving as it applies to the holiday season, but a quick review of other cultures will find other examples. One of the primary benefits of gift giving is the good feeling you get when you do something good for someone special. There’s a magical moment when you watch the recipient of the gift unwrap the package and discover the treasure that you’ve wisely chosen for them. When their eyes widen as they realize what you have done to demonstrate their importance in your life, your spirit responds with a warm glow that builds from the inside out, and you have confirmation that you have created a little more prosperity in the world. Some people find that they don’t experience this warm glow from their inner spirit. In fact, some people experience a feeling of loss or impoverishment. Those people will find that their mental focus is on the cost of the gift and not on the blessings that it has created for the other person. The attitude in which a gift is given is actually much more important than the gift itself. “ It’s the thought that counts.” When a gift is given with the proper attitude, there is a scientific cause and effect type of response from the Universe. Just as a rubber ball thrown against a brick wall will bounce back, a gift given with the

The True Importance Of Gift Giving

Page 65

proper attitude will cause the Universe to give the giver something of value. I really like how Wayne Dyer explains this. In one of his presentations, he explains that the Universe is like an echo. Whenever we ask “ What can I get?” , the Universe asks us the same question. And whenever we ask “ What can I do or give?” , we experience the Universe asking us this same question. We can also see this as a mirror. Imagine that you’re standing in front of a large (Universally-sized) mirror. What you see is a reflection of who you are. If you give the mirror your best, you will find the mirror reflecting the same attitude back to you, giving you it’s best. But if you try to hold back from the mirror, you will find the mirror holding back from you. And so, we find that in giving good gifts to those in our lives, we allow the Universe to give us good gifts also, and this naturally increases our experience of prosperity in our lives. And while it may be difficult to believe at first, understanding this magical fact will open you to the realization that it’s the truly generous people in this world that experience the greatest prosperity. Be generous in your spirit, and become prosperous in your life.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Why Christmas HAD to be Commercialized Every year I hear people say over and over again “ I don’t understand why Christmas had to get so commercialized.” Behind this statement is usually an implied suggestion that it’s the “ evil capitalists” that are to blame and that people should focus on other things during the Christmas season. But is this true? Should we focus on other things around Christmas-time, or is there some value in the commercialization of Christmas? If you remember the story about when Christ was incarnated in Bethlehem, you’ll also remember that gifts were presented to the Christ child soon after His birth. What was the purpose of those gifts? The gifts given to Christ were a way to signify just how important those ‘wise men’ considered Christ to be. They felt that this newborn baby would be the greatest of all, and they wanted to express their admiration of His mission on Earth through the giving of gifts. Isn’t that what we do when we give gifts to those around us? Aren’t we also expressing just how important these people are to us by the gifts that we give? Christmas is also one of the few times of the year when we specifically focus on the message that Christ gave the world, and the work that He did while He was here. All through His ministry on Earth, Christ continually gave of Himself to those who needed Him. He gave the gifts of sight, sanity, health, life, and wisdom. He also received gifts of food, shelter, and clothing. In our exchange of gifts, we honor the life that Christ lived. The messages that Christ spoke of during His ministry centered around 2 main principles - faith and love. We are encouraged to love everyone as we love ourselves, and we are instructed that if we have faith that our prayers will be answered then they will be answered according to our faith. Faith is sometimes seen as a tricky thing. Either you have it or you don’t. Many times, we wonder if there is any way to increase the

Why Christmas HAD to be Commercialized

Page 67

amount of faith that we have so that our prayers will be more effective in our lives. Most people tend to pray for one of three things - health, financial abundance, or good relationships. The message of Christ was that we could have anything we wanted if we had enough faith. In the act of giving gifts, we are generally acting out of love, with the faith that there will be enough financial abundance to fulfill our needs even after the giving of the gifts. By giving gifts, we open ourselves to the wondrous free flow of Spiritual energy into our souls, which then blesses us in many ways. Yes, we can improve our health and our prosperity by giving gifts. With so many reasons to be giving gifts, it’s really no wonder why Christmas-time became the best reason in the world for gift giving. May you be blessed by the giving of gifts this year.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

The Magic Mirror of Abundance Have you ever heard the saying “ Life is a mirror"? It’s a saying that I often repeat in conversations when someone is wondering why things happened as they did. “ It seems that everyone I meet is trying to take something from me, like they don’t care about anyone but themselves.” one may say after meeting with a prospective client. “ I just love how everywhere I go, people just seem to go out of their way to do something nice for me. And most of them don’t even KNOW me!” another might say after coming back from a trip. In both cases, the people around them are mirroring back to them their own attitudes and behaviors. For one, the attitude of trying to get something for nothing is mirrored, yet for the other, their giving attitude is mirrored in their experiences. I used to be a timid and shy person. As a result, everywhere I went, very few people would approach me or respond when I approached them. When I started becoming more outgoing and more expressive with others, I found that people were more willing to engage me in conversation. One way that a lot of people put this phenomenon to work for them to get more out of life is through a practice called tithing. Tithing is a practice that comes from several references in the Christian Bible about giving back to God a tenth of what was gained through various channels. Today, most people who tithe give to the source of their inspiration, the channel through which God has given most directly to them. Modern practitioners of this ancient teaching claim that it is the single most important activity responsible for their increased abundance of wealth and happiness. The more they give to others, the more others give back to them. The fact that wealthy people all over the world donate many millions to good causes is a testament to the value these people give to tithing. But donating money is only one way to activate the principle behind tithing. You can give of your time, your talents, your wisdom, your insights, your friendship, your love, your encouragement, or

The Magic Mirror of Abundance

Page 69

anything else that can benefit other people. Whenever you give freely and with a sincere desire to do good, the Universe finds a way to return back to you multiplied many times over. While I don’t tithe in the traditional manner (giving 10% of my income to my church), I do find other ways to benefit others and activate the principle behind tithing. I’ve found these alternate approaches just as effective. One way I tithe is by donating my time and skills to my church, where I serve as a sound technician, photographer, and website administrator. As such, I save them from having to spend more than $3,000 per year on professional services. Another way is through the valuable free reports I offer on the PowerKeys Publishing website. With these free reports, someone may start to use my Choose To Believe system to improve their life, even before they make a purchase. This too is to activate and use the principle of tithing in order to increase my own prosperity. With all this talk about tithing, and the principle behind it, we have not yet addressed what makes tithing work. What is the principle that makes this activity produce so much abundance? The principle that makes tithing work so effectively is one which has several names. Some call it the Law of Attraction. Others call it the Law of Cause & Effect. Some call it Karma. Whatever you call it, it’s a law of the Universe just as much as the Law of Gravity or the Law of Magnetism. Once activate, there’s nothing that can stop it. If there’s one thing I can do to help you get more out of life, it’s to encourage you to activate the Universal Laws and start focusing on what you can give to others. The more you do to benefit others, the more you get. It’s really that simple.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Section 3: Power Persuasion In this section, you will discover: 1. Why almost everything you want in life comes from selling ideas to other people. 2. How to defend against others persuading you against your will. 3. The core psychological principles upon which all power persuasion is based. 4. The 3 levels of persuasion, and which one to use for maximum effectiveness 5. The 5 key phases of communication and persuasion, and what to do in each phase. 6. How to hypnotize anyone using nothing more than simple conversation. 7. Why people do the things they do. When you understand this, you can take the driver’s seat in any relationship. 8. How to find a person’s secret buttons and push them to get what you want. 9. 6 personality scales upon which you can measure any person and thereby lead the relationship. 10. How to get the respect and attention you deserve. 11. How to project charisma and authority. 12. The gestures and body language which will instantly communicate confidence, authority, and attraction. 13. The Key To Instant Persuasion, and how to develop it.

Introduction To Power Persuasion

Page 71

Introduction To Power Persuasion Why Learn Persuasion? Most people assume persuasion is only for salespeople, and if you’re not involved with selling, then you don’t need persuasion skills. However, as you begin to take note of some of the various situations in which persuasion already happens in your life, you may realize you are already trying to persuade the people around you to do one thing or another. Consider these common persuasion situations: • Are you a parent trying to persuade your kids to become responsible adults? • Do you want more fulfilling relationships with your spouse or loved ones? • Do you require the cooperation of other people who may have other priorities? • Do you want to get more respect from the people around you? • Are you a counselor, teacher, or life coach trying to help others succeed in life? • Do you ever need to negotiate the price of an item being bought or sold? • Do you need to protect yourself from unscrupulous manipulators who are using persuasion against you? These and many other situations call for the skillful application of persuasion skills. When you learn the powerful skills I’ll share with you in this book, you will find that you are able to get what you want and need from other people. You can persuade people to respect you, to see your point of view about a given topic, to help you when you need it, and to do what needs to be done.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 72

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Benefits of Using Power Persuasion When you’ve developed the skills of power persuasion, you will find that you get more of what you want from the people in your life. You get more respect, people place more value on your ideas, any disagreements are quickly dispersed, and everyone has more fun. Resistance, which usually arises when two people are at odds with each other, fades away. This is because you are able to find the motivations which cause the other person to want to do things your way instead. With less resistance, you are able to get quicker results because agreement is reached sooner. By making the experience more fun for everyone involved, results tend to be of a higher quality, since no-one is grudgingly accepting the inevitable, but is eagerly anticipating a positive result. Knowing how to get what you want from other people results in a higher standard of living, because you know how to get more from the work you do. You’ll be able to persuade those you work with to be more cooperative and productive, which will lead to promotions, awards, and raises. Others will know you can get the job done when no-one else can, and this leads to respect, recognition, and authority. If you choose, you could even take the skills you learn here and apply them to one of the highest-paying careers in the world – copywriting. Businesses have a strong need for effective marketing materials. Many businesses will spend $10,000 to $50,000 for a great sales letter, which may take you only a week to create. The skills of persuasion are very valuable indeed. While this may not be your goal, you can choose to do anything you want with the skills you learn in this course. The only limits are those you set on yourself.

Who Should Learn Power Persuasion? To be completely honest, everyone. Persuasion is so pervasive that you can pretty much equate it with communication. Any time you communicate with another person (or even to yourself), you have a need to persuade. Do you want to change a habit of yours? You need to persuade yourself to make the required changes. Do you need to teach Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Introduction To Power Persuasion

Page 73

something to someone? You need to persuade them to see the information in a way that makes sense to them and is easy to remember. Do you want to communicate your experiences to someone else? Power persuasion allows you to give them a full, rich experience that will have meaning and impact. To communicate effectively, you need to persuade your listener to accept your information and to interpret it in the way you intend. While this may not normally be described as ‘selling’, you are in fact selling your listener (referred to as “ the prospect” in most persuasion literature) on the idea that what you say has validity. Only when they have ‘bought’ that concept will you have effectively communicated your message. Because even the most rudimentary forms of communication can be described in terms of selling, you will notice that I often use terms such as ‘prospect’, ‘product’, ‘offer’, and others usually used in the selling field. This was done simply because the majority of readers will be involved with selling at some level, and it just makes sense to accommodate as many people as possible. Although I often use a number of selling terms, this material can be used for any persuasion situation, whether you are motivating a child to follow the rules of the house, giving a friend the inspiration they need to pursue a goal, or seducing a potential lover. Just keep in mind that the person you’re trying to persuade is referred to as your ‘prospect’, and the thing you are persuading this person to do is referred to as your ‘product’, or your ‘offer’. You have sold your product to your prospect when the person you’re persuading agrees to do the thing you want them to do.

Typical Persuaders Business People Anyone involved with the operation of a business has a strong need to persuade. Business itself is about getting other people to reach agreement on one issue or another. Not only do you have salespeople and the marketing department, which are involved with persuading the public to purchase products and services, but you also have Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 74

Prosperity From the Inside Out

employee managers who need to persuade employees to do their job correctly, and work well together. There’s also those involved in human resources, who are responsible for persuading job applicants to honestly provide relevant information, and to accept the terms of employment.

Teachers / Counselors / Coaches As we mentioned earlier, anyone needing to impart information needs to persuade the student that the information as valuable, valid, and easy to understand. Many times this boils down to persuading the student on your expertise in the subject area, and your qualifications to teach. Other times it is simply a matter of communicating your information in a way that is both entertaining and instructive. Counselors and life coaches require powerful persuasion skills, as you may need to persuade your clients to change who they are on a fundamental level in order to change their approach to life. And because you earn more money when you can help more people, you need to persuade your clients to refer people they know to you when appropriate.

Community Leaders Ministers, government officials, public speakers, and leaders of charitable organizations are in the business of persuading their followers to think, believe, and act in a unified manner which benefits the whole community. Even laws are ineffective if the public is not persuaded to obey them. The threat of prison time is only one method of persuasion, and one that should be used only as a last resort.

Private Individuals Even if you don’t fit into any of the other classes of persuaders, you will still occasionally need to gain the cooperation of other people. You may want to persuade your friends to accept your choice of entertainment for the evening. You may need to persuade an attractive stranger to go out on a date with you. You may need to persuade your spouse to compromise on an issue which has been a source of unrest in the household. You may need to persuade your kids to accept their Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Introduction To Power Persuasion

Page 75

responsibilities and grow up to be productive members of society. And you’ll definitely need to know how to protect yourself from others persuading you against your will.

Defending Yourself Regardless of the type of persuader you are, you will always need to know how to defend yourself against other people using persuasion against you. The first line of defense is to know what to expect. The techniques of power persuasion are subtle and not easily identified. Only by studying this subject in depth will you discover the many techniques being used against you, and counteract their effects. The general principles for defending yourself are to first identify the technique being used, and then to mentally erase it from existence. Another alternative would be to actively turn the tables on the other person and persuade them to your viewpoint. For instance, let’s say that you walk into an electronics store and the salesperson is trying to sell you something you had no intention of purchasing. If you notice the salesperson is using lots of metaphors to describe emotional states, you can identify that as the “ Hocus-Pocus” technique and reverse the spell being cast. Or if you notice the salesperson is imitating your body language, gestures, and posture, you can identify that as the “ Mirror Mirror” technique and consciously mis-match the salesperson to break the connection being formed. (Specific techniques are described in my advanced course, Keys To Power Persuasion, available at www.PowerKeysPub.com.) It’s almost like chess. Someone may be trying to maneuver you into a corner, but if you know the game, you can out-maneuver the persuader, and put them into a corner instead. You can’t do that if you don’t know how to play the game. A simple guideline to follow is to continually remind yourself of your desired outcome, stay fully alert, don’t allow yourself to feel any sort of bond or connection with the other person, and ask them to clarify every point so there is no misunderstanding. This will diffuse most power persuasion techniques.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Psychology of Persuasion The Grand Scale of Persuasion What makes a person say yes instead of no? If all it took was to simply ask someone to say yes, then the whole persuasion issue would be non-existent, would it not? Some people think persuasion is a means of demonstrating the logical reasons why the prospect should take action on the proposed suggestions. When trying to persuade someone, these people will pile reason after reason onto the scale, and attempt to show proof of their statements in order to tip the scales in their favor. Other people feel that persuasion is an emotional process, and believe the prospect will say yes when enough enthusiasm and energy has been put onto the yes side of scale. These people will gesture very dramatically, pound their fists against the desk, talk very excitedly, and practically bounce up and down as they speak. Who’s right? Which ‘weighs’ more – logic or emotion? When I took my first sales job, I was told “ people buy on emotion and justify with logic” . Just about every salesperson hears this line at some point or another in their career. At the time, I couldn’t believe that anyone would buy anything on emotion. I was a very logical person and always took the time to weigh the pros and cons of the products I considered purchasing before making a decision. I knew that other people were the same way, at least considering the price of an item and how it compares to the prices of other similar items as they decide to purchase one as opposed to another. And certainly, no-one would buy an expensive item like a car or a house based on ‘feelings’. So why did so many salespeople believe otherwise? Was it possible they knew something I didn’t? I had to admit that at least some people seemed to make some decisions based on emotion. After all, why would they make the choices they did even after learning about the facts which clearly proved it was better to go a different direction? What balance directed them to make a conscious choice to choose something (or someone) that wasn’t good for them?

Psychology of Persuasion

Page 77

After spending considerable time pondering the question, I realized that our emotions always had a thumb on the scale, to point in the direction we ‘wanted’ to go. Why would we care what part of town we wanted to live in unless there was a feeling behind it? Why would we want a car with more power unless we had an emotional attachment to power itself? Why would we want the most efficient heating system unless there was an emotional reason attached? Back to our original question, what makes a person say yes instead of no? A person will say yes when the anticipation of a pleasurable result is heavier on the yes side of the scale than on the no side. The reward may be a warm house with a low fuel bill, or it may be the feeling of self-respect for doing a tough job well. It could also be the good feeling of out-persuading the master persuader, in which case you’re better off not bragging about your persuasion skills.

The Automatic Nature of the Mind & The Pink Elephant Principle One of the core principles of power persuasion is that the human mind has an automatic nature. When certain things come up, the human mind will respond in an automatic and predictable way. This pattern can be used to persuade another person to think, feel, and act as we wish them. Here is the classic proof of that statement. Whatever happens, do not, I repeat – DO NOT – think of pink elephants. Don’t think of pink elephants wearing lacy tutus and holding polka-dotted umbrellas while balancing on a big beach ball. Don’t think of pink elephants licking giant lollipops while riding tiny tricycles. Just don’t think of pink elephants at all. Be honest now. While reading through that paragraph, you had a devil of a time trying to chase those darned images of pink elephants out of your mind, didn’t you? It’s okay. It wasn’t your fault. It’s just that your mind, as everyone else’s, has to have some way to interpret the words being read (or heard) in order to understand what’s being communicated. The only way you can interpret the words is to call up an associated

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 78

Prosperity From the Inside Out

memory of what those words stand for. Your mind was FORCED to think of pink elephants just to understand what those words meant.

Associative Linking Your mind probably also brought up other thoughts related to the concept of pink elephants. Although it’s been years since I’ve heard any reference to the phenomenon, it used to be said that pink elephants were something seen when people got really, REALLY drunk. The above example is such a classic one, it’s even been the subject of childhood jokes. Many kids have played this game with their classmates, and it’s possible that this association also came up in your mind as you were just thinking about pink elephants. Or maybe you had associated thoughts regarding elephants in general. Images of jungles or circuses may have danced in your head. In short, one thought automatically brings up with it other related thoughts. That’s the way the mind works. Association. One thought leading to another thought, as a cascading series of waves rippling on the pond of consciousness. Or like when you surf the Internet, clicking on one link which takes you to a website, where you find another link taking you to a different website, where again you find a link that takes you somewhere else entirely. It may seem random, but there is a definite reason for each and every transition.

Language As Experience When you imagine what is being said in order to interpret it, something else happens too. Your mind experiences the imagined situation and reacts to it as if it were real. “ The subconscious mind cannot tell the difference between a real event and one that is vividly imagined.” Hypnotists prove this daily. Take anyone afraid of snakes and ask them to imagine a snake and guess what happens? Right. That person instantly reacts as if they are in fact seeing a real, live snake. Their heart starts beating faster, their blood pressure rises, they start to perspire, and their breathing becomes quick and shallow.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Psychology of Persuasion

Page 79

What happens when you start to think about being with the person you love? Don’t you start to get a warm glow inside of you that seems to come from out of no-where? Doesn’t the thought of spending time with your romantic interest cause a reaction within your body that has nothing to do with anything actually happening around you? And if I ask you to think about what it’s going to be like when you have mastered the art and science of persuasion and you’re finally getting everything you’ve always wanted from the people around you, don’t you start to feel more powerful, as if you can handle anything? Granted, these feelings are subtle, and can be easily overlooked. That’s why they’re extremely powerful, because they do get overlooked. If the reactions were obvious, then people would take measures to protect themselves. But since the reactions are subtle, they act as tiny little steps in the direction your conversation is taking them. Here’s another example of the true power of imagined situations. This is also a much-quoted experiment which has been repeated often with similar results. Read it carefully, however, as I have a surprise for you. A group of high-school kids were divided into 3 groups. All 3 groups were tested at the beginning and end of the experiment to see how they performed a relatively simple task – shooting free throws on a basketball court. One group never practiced during the month this experiment took place. At the end of the experiment, lo and behold, their shooting accuracy stayed the same. Can you believe it? The next group had 1 hour of practice every school day during the month, and afterwards, this group’s shooting accuracy increased an average of 25%. Not bad at all, I’d say. The third group did something completely different. They also practiced for an hour each day, but never touched a basketball during the whole experiment. Rather, they practiced in their minds, imagining themselves dribbling the ball, feeling the weight of the ball in their hands, shooting it towards the basket, and imagining the ball going into the basket every single time. These kids felt great as they saw themselves as Hall of Fame candidates. This group’s accuracy increased an average of 23%! Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 80

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Obviously, their bodies reacted to the imagined situation almost exactly as if they had actually been practicing. And I’m willing to bet that as you were reading about the experiment, you also imagined yourself shooting baskets, didn’t you? Proof once again that you can get someone to experience something merely by talking about it. What’s amazing about this principle is that what you say doesn’t have to be about the person you’re speaking to at all. You could simply talk about someone else going through an experience, and the person you’re with will imagine having the experience you’re talking about. Automatically. Just to be able to interpret the words you’re saying so they can understand what is being said. Keep this in mind and your persuasion skills will increase dramatically.

The 5 Phases of Power Persuasion While getting your prospect to imagine and experience good things and getting those experiences linked to your proposal will increase your persuasiveness, there is a whole process that will subliminally hypnotize your prospect to accept your suggestions as their own. In researching the art and science of persuasion, I discovered that there are 5 distinct phases of the persuasion process. Distinct may or may not be the best word, as the 5 phases generally overlap and work together. This may be why I never found a single book, course, or program that discussed all 5 phases of the persuasion process. The 5 phases of power persuasion are: (drum roll, please… ) 1. Creating Rapport & Trust 2. Shifting Your Prospect’s State 3. Setting Context 4. Distraction & Misdirection 5. Covert Delivery of Subliminal Persuasive Messages

Creating Rapport & Trust Once you have your prospect’s attention, you must create a feeling of rapport between yourself and your prospect before you attempt any real persuasion. In simple terms, this means you have to get your prospect to like you and to trust you.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Psychology of Persuasion

Page 81

Rapport is the connecting link which allows communication to flow smoothly and easily between 2 people. When 2 people are ‘in rapport’, they open up and become more expressive. They respond to each other quicker and at a much deeper level. It’s almost as if they communicate on a spiritual level, a level beyond words, where every nuance of expression carries with it untold depths of meaning. They open up their subconscious minds to do more of the communicating, making subliminal persuasion so much easier. Whenever you persuade another person, the level of rapport between the two of you will determine how easily you’ll be able to persuade them. With zero rapport, persuasion will be nearly impossible. With great rapport, persuasion becomes an effortless process. In fact, with perfect rapport, persuasion becomes almost unnecessary. Simply suggest what you’d like your prospect to do, and they’ll do it. Rapport is a natural experience when two people like and trust each other. Sometimes this happens spontaneously during the course of a 1st meeting, but generally it takes more time. As persuasion experts, we have to create rapport quickly, sometimes within moments. True power persuaders know how to create rapport in an instant. Unfortunately, there’s too much material to fit into one book, so if you’re interested in these advanced techniques, see my Keys To Power Persuasion course. The material I give you here will produce the same results, although more slowly. Rapport happens when your prospect both likes and trusts you. Both components have to exist before rapport takes place. It doesn’t matter how much your prospect likes you, if they don’t trust you, you won’t be persuading them to do anything. Same thing if they trust you but don’t like you. But when your prospect likes AND trusts you, then the door is open to persuade them to your way of thinking. Intimidation is another matter, however. While it’s possible to intimidate anyone to do as you want them to do, that’s not persuasion. To get someone to like you, all you have to do is to be like that person and give them positive experiences. The guiding principle here is that people tend to like other people who are similar to themselves, and with whom they share experiences, especially intense ones.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 82

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Think about your own friends. They are your friends mostly because of shared interests or some other commonality that ties you together, such as shared experiences. Perhaps you’ve been working together for the same company for years, and over that time have grown to appreciate the personality behind the face. Maybe you live in the same neighborhood and have cooperated on various community projects, and in the process have discovered a strong inner character that you can respect. Or could it be that your friends are people who enjoy doing the same kinds of things that you also enjoy doing? It’s the similarities and shared experiences that bond people together in friendships. Of course, you can’t go to the extreme with this. If you try to become someone’s clone, they would recognize that you’re doing something unnatural, and the unnaturalness of it will ruin the effect and you’ll be out in the cold. It’s got to seem natural and spontaneous. Power persuaders use a couple of techniques to subtly mimic selected characteristics of a person in order to create rapport. One technique is called “ Mirroring & Matching” , and the other is called “ Pacing” . “ Mirroring & Matching” is a physical process of subtly mimicking body language, whereas “ Pacing” is verbally referring to things your prospect already believes or can observe. Trust can be crafted just as easily. There’s a saying in sales circles that goes like this: They don’t care how much you know, until they know how much you care. Until you communicate to your prospect that you care about their needs, everything you say is suspect, and you’ll have a hard time persuading them to do anything. They will be constantly looking for the hidden catch. But once they know you’re on their side and looking out for their interests, you’re no longer an adversary, but a trusted friend and partner. The same situation comes up in other areas too, not just in sales. In relationships, for example, if the person you’re asking out on a date feels you are only after your own interests, they simply won’t want to go out with you. But if they understand you want to share a positive

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Psychology of Persuasion

Page 83

experience both of you will enjoy, then your chances of getting that date go up dramatically. When you’re trying to get your kids to obey the rules, you’ll have better luck when they know the rules are in place to help them in some way, rather than just to make life easier for you. And when you’re giving instructions to employees, those instructions will be followed more closely when your employees know you’re working to make their jobs easier, more enjoyable, and more rewarding. Of course, trust involves more than just communicating that you’re looking out for your prospect’s interests. You may have a perfectly valid reason for wanting to help your prospect, but if they question your character or your ability to deliver what you’re promising, you’re still swimming upstream. Let’s say you’re a teacher with a class full of 12th graders. Even if they know you’re working to help them earn more money after they graduate, if they don’t believe the material you’re teaching them can actually do the job, the feeling of rapport will be missing. Or maybe you’re a counselor who doesn’t take payment until your client has met their objectives. Rapport will not be established until that client feels you can actually help them reach those objectives.

Shifting Your Prospect’s State After you’ve established rapport between yourself and your prospect, the next step is to shift your prospect into a more suggestible state. This sets the foundation for what is called conversational hypnosis, a key component of power persuasion. The more suggestible your prospect, the easier it will be to persuade them to your way of thinking. It’s as though they are deep in hypnosis, obeying your every command, subtly delivered through simple conversation. Shifting your prospect’s state does not involve holding a shiny object in front of their eyes and telling them that they are getting sleepy and drowsy, with eyelids getting heavier and heavier, ready to drift off into a pleasant state of hypnosis. WAKE UP! (I know you were starting to drift off there a little. The automatic nature of the human mind, remember?)

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 84

Prosperity From the Inside Out

What we generally do, however, is talk about things that will cause the automatic nature of the mind to drop down into a more suggestible state. Talking about being relaxed is one way of doing it. Here’s one example of how this could be done. “ Isn’t it great when you can just relax your whole body, releasing every ounce of tension that collected during the day, to the point where you feel a sense of warmth growing inside of you? I know that when I relax, my whole perspective on life changes for the better and I begin to see the wonderful things right in front of me, things that will suddenly have a great significance in life. This is great, isn’t it?” The goal here is to lead your prospect to focus on something not in conscious awareness. By directing your prospect to focus on something not in conscious awareness, your prospect MUST shift into a subconscious awareness to follow along in the conversation. And when anyone is focusing on a subconscious awareness, they are more suggestible and can be persuaded more easily. Persuasion experts call this state ‘downtime’. One of the techniques we use to shift our prospect’s state is to ask them to remember past events. Memories are not in conscious awareness, so recalling a memory takes us into a subconscious, suggestible state. Asking your prospect to imagine a hypothetical situation, or a possible outcome to a situation does much the same thing. They have to think about something that is not within their conscious awareness, so they have to shift into downtime. “ Can you tell me what would happen if you were to walk up to someone as if you had more confidence and pretended to be an authority? Is it possible that they would simply accept you as being the authority you claimed to be and respond by trusting your judgment?” One of the reasons hypnotherapists start out by getting their clients to focus on their breathing is because it is something which isn’t in the client’s conscious awareness. They also induce hypnotic trance by Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Psychology of Persuasion

Page 85

talking about relaxation and suggesting that the client will begin to notice different things which normally happen as they relax. Classic hypnotic techniques are used extensively in power persuasion. In this situation, it’s generally called conversational hypnosis, because it happens in what appears to be everyday conversation.

Setting Context What does the word ‘conduct’ mean? It could mean several different things, depending on the context in which it was used, right? The word ‘conduct’ could mean the behavior of a person, or it could refer to what a particular person does in front of an orchestra, or it could mean the process of transferring electricity through a wire. Take a look at the word ‘desire’. It really only has one meaning, doesn’t it? But that one meaning could have several different connotations, depending on the context of the conversation. In one conversation, the word ‘desire’ could be used as a counterpoint to the word ‘need’, and be used to mean a simple thing that doesn’t have much importance. In another conversation, the word ‘desire’ could be used in such a fashion as to mean something that is sought after with enthusiasm, and be placed into a good light. In a third context, the word ‘desire’ could be taken to mean something evil to be avoided. So if we want to persuade someone that they will ‘desire’ what we have to offer, we want to make sure that the context of the conversation is such that ‘desire’ is a good thing. Otherwise, the word ‘desire’ could cause your prospect to clam up. Or if we plan to talk about ‘discipline’, we want to make sure that our prospect sees ‘discipline’ as something good and an activity to be lauded and engaged in. Context can be set by many different things, such as the situation in which the conversation takes place, the topic of our conversation, how we present our information, the way we word our sentences, and even the gestures we use while we’re speaking.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 86

Prosperity From the Inside Out

When we persuade someone, we set an appropriate context so our prospect’s mind is a fertile field in which our suggestions grow roots and multiply.

Distraction & Misdirection Power persuasion (and conversational hypnosis in general) is a lot like stage magic. In order to make it work, you have to redirect your audience’s attention to a place where nothing is happening while you are making the changes that appear to be magic. Look at it this way, you’ve set the stage (developed rapport), prepared your audience (shifted them into downtime), and set up the scene (set context) for the magic trick. Now to disguise what you’re doing so the ‘trick’ isn’t seen, you have to direct your audience (distraction / misdirection) to look at something other than what your hands are doing (the subliminal persuasive message). This is where power persuaders rise head and shoulders above all others. It is in mastering this skill that you will find yourself persuading others in ways that others simply don’t understand. Once you have this skill down, people will see you as some sort of miracle worker, or in possession of a degree of luck that could only come from the gods. What most people don’t understand is that everyone uses the techniques of distraction and misdirection all of the time. It’s built into language at the very core. Yes, you’ve already been performing conversational hypnosis and you didn’t even realize it! When we speak to another person, we try to give that person a report of an experience, or information which has to be experienced to be understood. Even if we try to describe a physical object, our language strives to give the listener an experience of that object. But words are not experiences, nor do they contain experiences in themselves. Words by themselves have absolutely no meaning whatsoever. Have you ever tried to understand what someone said who spoke a language you did not understand? The very fact you did not understand the words used should be proof enough that words themselves do not convey meaning. Only the interpretation of those words yields meaning.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Psychology of Persuasion

Page 87

It is simply impossible for anyone to give a full and complete description of anything using language. So we generalize and leave out details. In order for anyone to understand what we’re saying, they have to try to interpret what you’re saying in a way that makes sense, so they have to mentally go looking for the bits of information that you left out to make a complete picture. And while they’re looking for the missing information, they’re not paying as much attention to what you continue to say, giving you a perfect opportunity to communicate directly to their subconscious mind. Voila! Conversational hypnosis. Missing information is only one technique of distraction & misdirection. Disguising the context of the words we use is another. Power persuaders are very fond of telling stories and using quotes. When a person is listening to a story about someone else, they do not consciously associate the content of the story with themselves. But due to the Pink Elephant Principle, and the requirement to experience words in order to understand them, your prospect will imagine themselves as being the subject of the story just to understand what you are telling them. “ I have a friend who wanted to start a business. But it seemed that no matter what he tried, he could not get a bank to finance his venture. Over the course of several years, he applied for the money he desperately needed for his business from bank after bank, getting rejected each and every time. It was heartbreaking. But one day, my friend found PowerKeys Publishing and all his troubles evaporated like the morning dew on a hot summer day. They told him ‘Stop wasting your time looking for financing! You can make tons of money just by promoting this excellent course through our affiliate program.’ They showed my friend how to set up his affiliate business and promote it to a global market, and do it all using the money already at his disposal.” You’ll notice in this example that no-one is telling the listener what to do, but if you were to say something like this to your prospect, they Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 88

Prosperity From the Inside Out

will interpret the quote ‘Stop wasting your time looking for financing! You can make tons of money just by promoting this excellent course through our affiliate program.’ as if it were directed at them, and start thinking about how they could do the same.

Covert Delivery of Subliminal Persuasive Messages The final phase of persuasion is the actual delivery of your subliminal messages. It doesn’t matter how well you’ve packaged a gift, if you don’t deliver it, it doesn’t do anyone any good. Most courses on conversational hypnosis tend to focus almost exclusively on this phase of the persuasion process. They talk a lot about embedded commands, presuppositions, complex equivalents, and the use of anchors without showing you how to effectively set up your prospect to receive them. Already, with what I’ve shown you in this book, you know more about setting up your prospect to receive your intended message than I did after studying those courses. Delivering messages covertly usually involves something I call “ underlying assumptions” . In classic sales training, it’s called the “ assumptive close” and involves things like asking which of 2 payment options the customer wants to use, rather than asking whether the customer wants to make the purchase at all. “ Would you like to pay for this all at once, or would you prefer to use our payment plan option?” “ What will you do when your fellow employees no longer want to work with you, and I’m faced with the decision to keep you or let you go?” “ When you think about how you respond with anger when people do things you don’t like, can you now see how you can choose to respond differently?” “ I don’t know how much you’re going to enjoy being with me tonight, but won’t it be great to look back on tonight as the night our lives changed forever.” Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Psychology of Persuasion

Page 89

Motivating Desires Everyone wants something. When you know what your prospect wants, you can use that information to present your offer in a way your prospect will eagerly respond to. Inexperienced persuaders usually start out thinking that everyone wants the same things they do, however not everyone wants to live in a mansion with servants waiting on them hand and foot. Some people like their privacy and would prefer to live in a more ‘intimate’ setting. The same mistake is often made in advertising. A company may advertise the health benefits of its products, yet later find out that their customers really wanted something that was easy to get and had a ‘hip’ image. (Do you know which fast food restaurant made this mistake?) A writer may think that readers want a complex storyline with ‘interesting’ characters, when the readers really want a story that they can relate to, and that helps them imagine their own lives being just a little bit better. A man may try to give a woman everything she indicates a desire for in an effort to win her affection, yet she really wants someone who is confident enough in himself to not need her approval and isn’t afraid to occasionally offend her with his masculinity. So how do you avoid falling into this pattern and confidently approach every prospect knowing something that will grab their attention and have them lusting for your offer? There have been numerous studies performed over the years to determine what motivates people to do the things they do. Abraham Maslow produced what may be the most quoted list of human needs ever discovered. There have been several other studies performed that gave slightly different perspectives on the common wants and needs of the human race. Within the pages of this course, you will find the results of my own research and experience, which closely matches those of other persuasion experts. One thing every persuasion expert agrees on is that most people are motivated by the basic needs of survival, such as food, shelter, safety, and sex. These are programmed into our genes from prehistoric times, and are extensions to the most basic of all motivating factors, the pleasure/pain principle. All living things will tend to move Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 90

Prosperity From the Inside Out

away from pain and move towards pleasure. As humans, we simply rationalize this ‘amoeba-like’ behavior, although we rarely deviate from it. Self-preservation and the preservation of the species are two things that form the foundation upon which the rest of our society is built. Other basic needs are those which affect our position within our community. Especially in today’s world, our success or failure is based on how we interact with others. Employees depend on the acceptance of their boss to continue to earn a paycheck, and selfemployed people depend on the acceptance of the marketplace to continue to earn a living. In our personal life, we either get to enjoy the company of others or not depending on how we interact with them. Things like recognition, acceptance, approval, and understanding will have a profound impact on anyone you wish to persuade. Within these needs, you will find other needs such as the need for honesty, integrity, familiarity, authority, and consistency. Only rarely will you address these motivating factors directly when persuading another person. Although you may be offering something that will help your prospect earn more money, and thus be in a better position to acquire more of the basic necessities of life, such as food, shelter, and protection; you will find it more effective to talk about the other gains to be experienced, such as more freedom, more prestige, and so on. Your prospect will automatically link the ‘higher’ value of freedom to include the ‘lower’ values of food, shelter, and so on. As you’re already learning, subtle suggestions are more effective than the heavy-handed approach. Rather than: “ Give me what I want and I’ll have sex with you.” Try instead: “ I’d really appreciate it if you would _______.” Rather than: “ Either do your job right or you’ll be fired.” Try instead: “ Do a good job here and your position in this company will be assured.” Rather than: “ You’re not getting dinner until you do as I say.” Try instead: “ We’ll have dinner as soon as you finish your chores.” Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Psychology of Persuasion

Page 91

Rather than:

“ If you follow my suggestions, you’ll earn the respect of others.” Try instead: “ You know; Mr. X (a well-respected person) does this all the time.” By knowing the core needs and desires common to all humanity, you will have a solid starting point in persuading anyone you wish. Simply reframe your suggestions in a way which tells your prospect how their needs will be satisfied, and you will increase your effectiveness tremendously.

Personality Types As much as we’d like everyone to respond the same way to our persuasion efforts, there are other factors to consider beyond the basic core desires. Each person has a unique personality which defines how that person responds to various circumstances. As a power persuader, you will modify your approach accordingly when you are working your magic. Some people are motivated more to build for the future, while others are motivated more towards preserving the past. Some people are motivated more towards breaking away from the ‘status-quo’, while others are motivated more towards conforming to group norms. Some people are looking for what’s possible, yet others are reacting only to what’s required. In the Keys To Power Persuasion system, we work with 6 key personality dimensions, and teach you how each type is persuaded. These 6 divisions are: 1. Pleasure / Pain 2. Emotional / Logical 3. Details / Big Picture 4. Self-Centered / Other-Centered 5. Leader / Follower 6. Moving / Static As an example, let’s take the first key dimension, pleasure / pain. We already know that everyone has a general tendency to move away from pain and move towards pleasure. We prefer not to upset the

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 92

Prosperity From the Inside Out

people close to us because that would be painful. We pay attention to a charismatic leader because he makes us feel good about ourselves. But some people are motivated more to avoid pain than they are motivated to seek pleasure. And others are motivated more to seek pleasure than they are to avoid pain. We all know someone who could be very successful if they would start a certain type of business, but they procrastinate because they expect that starting a business will be a painful experience. These people are very quick to comply with the rules set forth before them because they want to avoid the pain of criticism or confrontation. Yet we also know others who are very willing to face failure after failure in the pursuit of success. To these people, the possible reward of a big payoff is enough to motivate them to go through a lot of pain to get it. These people will spend years working out in the gym so they can look good at the beach. When you know what your prospect responds to most, you can persuade them in a way that will match up with their natural tendencies. If you know your prospect is motivated more towards avoiding pain, you can talk about the pain of not complying with your request. And if you know your prospect is motivated more towards gaining pleasure, you can talk about how your offer will reward them with a great deal of pleasure down the road. We’ll cover the various personality types in more detail later.

Three Levels of Persuasion I think you’ll agree that most people are not 2-dimensional beings. They are a little more complex than that. In fact, beneath the outer surface level, people have several inner levels working together to form the complex interactions which define personality and behavior. For our purposes, we only need to consider three levels: A. Outer level – behavior and environment B. Inner level – capabilities, values, and preferences C. Core level – self-identity, world-view, and the meaning of life A person may have millions of concepts about themselves, their world, and the various interactions between them. A change in a relatively minor concept, such as the proper time to eat meals, will Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Psychology of Persuasion

Page 93

result in very few changes in the way that person behaves. Yet a change in a relatively major concept, such as whether they are a winner or a loser, will have much more profound changes within that person’s life. In metaphysical circles, it is taught that whatever you connect to the phrase “ I am ___” will determine a large part of what you experience in life. One reason for this is because your inner (subconscious) mind will strive to maintain your self-image. Your beliefs about yourself are used to make choices and ultimately determine your destiny through the sequence of choices made over the course of your life. This is why we started this book talking about beliefs and how to change yours to support your goals. In fact, there is whole self-help industry around the concept of the self-image. Maxwell Maltz’s classic “ Psycho-Cybernetics” was one of the first to educate the world about the sheer power of the self-image. Within that classic book, we learn that we will tend to act and make choices based on how we perceive ourselves to be. The same is true about the prospect you’re attempting to persuade. Their self-image will affect the choices they make, such as whether to go out with you or not, or to accept your guidance as being right for them or brushing it aside as irrelevant. Smart persuaders know that you want to help your prospect see themselves in a way which supports what you are asking from them. “ I know you’re really going to love making this choice because I’ve seen you make so many similar choices in the past.” “ Oh, I know that deep down inside, you’re just the kind of person who has to say yes to an offer like this. You know this fits perfectly with who you are.” “ Since you’ve told me you love a good challenge, you’re really going to enjoy taking on this project.”

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 94

Prosperity From the Inside Out

The Pygmalion Effect For about five years of my life, I worked as a school-portrait photographer. Almost every school-day, I dragged myself out of bed (way too early for my tastes), drove to a new school, assembled a full photography studio (sometimes in a space the size of a closet), and proceeded to create portraits for a few hundred students before I disassembled the studio equipment and packed up to go home. I created about 40,000 portraits my first year. And all for $10 per hour. The wonderful challenge involved with all this was the fact that I had less than a minute to work with each student to try and get a ‘natural’ smile that mom or dad would be proud of. Within the space of that minute, I had to enter the package information into the computerized camera, direct the student into the standard yearbook pose, and try to say or do something that would inspire a genuine smile from that child. After a while, I learned some tricks that made the whole process run a lot smoother, and I started getting really good results, even from the kids who did everything they could to be difficult. The first thing I discovered was that I got more smiles when I took a couple of minutes to talk to each class before we started taking pictures. In that little talk, I explained what we were doing, what I expected from them, and made sure to tell them, “ this is going to be a lot of fun.” Of course, I acted the part and practically bounced up and down as I explained all this. When the kids came into the experience expecting to have fun, they found themselves responding to the process with more enthusiasm and all it took to get the natural smile was to say something like “ Okay, show me that award-winning smile of yours!” The next thing I found was that if a student sat down and told me point-blank “ I’m not going to smile” , I’d respond with a simple “ sure, no problem” and proceed exactly like normal. By the time I had directed the student to turn the right way, position their arms, shoulders, and face so they were in the right pose, they were so used to following directions that when I asked for the smile, I had it on film before they realized what had happened! Many times, I’d see a surprised look followed by the words, “ you TRICKED me!!” “ Yeah kid, that’s my job.” Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Psychology of Persuasion

Page 95

You may have read about some experiments that were conducted with school children entering a new class. Before the year started, the teacher was informed that out of the group of 25 students, 5 in particular were outstandingly intelligent and would lead the rest of the class by leaps and bounds. In truth, however, the 5 students were picked at random and were no different intellectually than anyone else in the group. But as the year went on, the 5 students brought to the teacher’s attention far surpassed everyone else in the group. In fact, it was almost embarrassing how far ahead those 5 students were by the end of the school year. This experiment has been performed over and over again to the point where the phenomenon has it’s own name – the Pygmalion Effect. The basic principle of the Pygmalion Effect is that expectation alters experience and behavior. If you expect you’re going to have fun, you’ll have a lot more fun than if you expect to be bored. If you expect to do well in a particular subject, then you’ll do a lot better than if you expected to fail. Also, if you expect to fail, you won’t put in enough effort to succeed. In the case of the outstanding school children, the expectation of the teacher rubbed off onto the children themselves. When presenting a new subject, the teachers in these experiments tended to use phrases such as “ for an outstanding student like you, this will be a breeze.” And when one of the singled-out students gave a wrong answer, the teachers had a tendency to treat it with more respect than a wrong answer given by one of the ‘average’ students. What this teaches us as power persuaders is that when we expect to get what we want from others, we will be far more likely to succeed than if we expect to fail. Also, by expecting our prospect to go along with our persuasion process, they will get the subliminal message of what’s expected of them, and they will be more likely to go along with it for that reason as well. In sales, this is usually referred to as the “ assumptive close” . Rather than ask your prospect if they want to buy, ask them which options they want with their purchase. Rather than ask if they want to go out with you, ask them where they would like to go. Rather than Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 96

Prosperity From the Inside Out

ask if they will follow your suggestions, ask them to report back on the results afterwards. “ Anyone who’s read this far is bound to become a great persuader.” “ This isn’t nearly as difficult as a lot of other things you’ve mastered.” “ I’m confident you will go far with this skill.” “ This is going to be very rewarding and a lot of fun!”

Judgmental Heuristics It’s common knowledge today that our daily lives are filled with many more details than we ever had to deal with before. It seems the speed of life is just getting faster and faster, and we’re doing all we can just to keep up! Would you be surprised to learn that life has always been like this? Even just the simple act of walking from one place to another involves so many tiny decisions, the fastest computers on Earth just a few years ago COULD NOT HANDLE the task! Not only do we plan out a pathway to get from one place to another, but we’re also coordinating the simultaneous interactions of dozens of muscles through most of our bodies to move our feet from step to step, at the same time we’re correcting our balance several times per second just to stay upright! Suffice it to say that once we learned how to coordinate everything required to walk, we delegated the immense task of walking to our subconscious mind. Not everyone remembers learning to walk, so let’s take another example — learning to drive a car. You probably remember how confusing it was to keep track of all of the details required for that task, don’t you? When to press the accelerator and when to press the brake pedal. How far to press either one depending on the situation. Watching out for other cars that may be traveling into your pathway. Watching the gauges to make sure you’re not going faster than the Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Psychology of Persuasion

Page 97

speed limit (and what did the last speed limit sign say, anyways?). Over the course of time, you gradually gained proficiency in the skill and didn’t have to think about all of that anymore. Now, when you want to drive somewhere, you focus more on the radio than you do on the process of driving. What happens is that we discover shortcuts allowing us to focus on only the key factors important in any given situation. In driving, you discover you don’t have to watch the gauges, just glance at them once in a while. You don’t have to plan out every step when walking, just take each one as they come, and place your foot somewhere closer to where you’re going, but not too far from your body. This happens in many other areas of life too. In our effort to cope with too much information, we try to find shortcuts everywhere we can. We discover over time that we don’t need all of the information on a topic in order to make a reasonably correct decision. We follow generally accepted “ rules of thumb” , which in psychology are called “ judgmental heuristics” . For instance, pretend you’re shopping for an item you don’t know much about. Let’s say you’re in a store and looking at 2 different models. They appear to be pretty much the same, with the same set of features, the same capabilities, and so on. The only thing you notice that’s different between them is the price. One cost 20% more than the other. Which one is better? Most people will say the one that’s more expensive is probably the better one, simply because we’re used to seeing better things priced higher than inferior ones. We’ve seen this relationship so many times that it has become a “ rule of thumb” , and so we use it to make a decision when we have little else to go on. We also tend to use the same ‘rule’ in the other direction. Upon learning the price of an item, we automatically assume we know its quality. We’ll pass over a table of $1 books simply because “ nothing good would be priced that low” , but gladly spend $50 for another book because “ it has to be good at that price” . The pattern breaks down when it crosses the boundaries of our experience. Few people are willing to spend $200 for a book, yet the same information packaged as a “ home study course” may be sold for Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 98

Prosperity From the Inside Out

$300 or more. We’re used to seeing home study courses priced much higher than books, and so our sense of value for them is similarly higher. Power persuaders know many of the shortcuts people use and will take advantage of them where appropriate. The general rule is this: Any decision that takes too much time or effort to examine in depth is likely to encourage a judgmental heuristic.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Why People Do What They Do Now that you have a basic understanding of the whole persuasion process, let’s take a look at the core principles which motivate everyone to some degree or another. As soon as you understand how everyone you meet can be persuaded using these simple concepts, you’ll have a serious advantage in all your persuasion activities. In addition, knowing where your own motivating desires are coming from, and how another persuader could use them against you can help you spot unscrupulous uses of persuasion where they might exist. The key thing to keep in mind here is that whenever someone suggests that what they are offering will meet one of these needs is: “ Does it really meet this need, or is there something else which could meet this need better?” Before we delve into the individual factors, however, let’s take a quick look at WHY these core desires work as well as they do. To really understand a method or technique, you have to consider where it gets its profound power. Then, you have the knowledge and wisdom to apply that technique in new situations and even come up with new techniques of your very own.

Source of Motivating Desires These core motivating desires spring from the common ancestry we all share as human beings. If you know nothing else about a person, you know that they are human. They may be male or female. Young or old. Thin or fat. Anything you know about the person you’re about to persuade can give you insight into something that will motivate him or her to your way of thinking. The more you know about your prospect, the easier it will be to persuade them. So, let’s say you know nothing more about a person other than they are human. What does that give us to work with? First of all, this person is alive and probably wants to stay that way. A ludicrous thought, maybe, but one which leads us to several other insights. What does a human being need to survive? Food, water, protection from severe weather, and these are just the beginning.

Page 100

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Hidden Operation of the Human Mind Now, before we go further into this, how can this information help us persuade someone? Unless the information can be put to use, what good is it? Good question, so let’s get a grip on how the human mind works, how these basic needs are programmed into it, and what happens when they are brought up in any communication. At an extremely basic level, the human mind works on a principle of association and memory. It tries to associate every new experience or each new piece of information to something else already in the memory banks. The new information is associated with previously known information based on shared qualities and assumed associations. Whenever a new experience is encountered, it is interpreted and judged based upon previous experiences, with earlier experiences carrying more weight than later ones. This is why psychologists look to a person’s childhood to uncover the root causes of life difficulties. It’s like taking a walk in the park. If the first turn you make is a left turn, then a right turn only moves you closer to the direction you started going in the first place. And if you take several left turns in a row, you are going so far left that it would be very difficult to get on the right side of the park. Each experience we have in life moves our internal compass in a direction based on the interpretation we give to that experience. When a child is born, their mind is a blank slate, with nothing written thereon, and ready for new experiences. One of the first experiences is the birth process itself. It’s painful, and an extreme disruption from the nice, comfortable environment of the womb. Bright lights, cold air, and a smack on the bottom. How unfriendly this new world is! At this point, the mind has recorded the nice comfortable environment of the womb, and the harsh environment outside. The concepts of comfort and discomfort have just been learned. Soon after, the baby’s body starts to get hungry. Nourishment is no longer being assimilated from the umbilical cord and the physical machinery of life requires fuel. Hunger does not feel good, and this experience is recorded into the empty mind. Hopefully, mom is Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Why People Do What They Do

Page 101

nearby to offer the child something to satisfy the hunger, and the easing of hunger feels good. Now, the young human’s mind has associated food with comfort. At this moment in a person’s life, they have already associated food with the pleasant memory of the womb (both feel good), and although this memory will be buried deep beneath layers and layers of many other memories, it will continue to create pleasant feelings whenever the thought of food arises, at least for most people. Similar associations are created through the experiences of falling, getting physically hurt, being held, hearing people yelling or screaming, seeing some very friendly or unfriendly expressions on faces, and a host of others. These memories and their associations form the basis upon which we interpret our world. The majority of humans on this planet have experienced very similar things, and so have the same basic driving forces within them. Higher-level motivating desires are created when an experience is routinely associated with a lower-level motivating desire. For instance, if a parent always offers a piece of candy after disciplining their child, that child will link discipline to the experience of eating candy, and may start to look forward to it. Or if someone always gets rewarded for bringing home good grades, then they will have a positive association with getting a good grade, which will become a reward in it’s own right.

Common Factors of all Motivating Desires The over-riding similarity all these motivating desires have is this: a contrast between pleasure and pain, between comfort and discomfort. When a child grows up to the point where their body is ready for reproduction, new experiences are recorded into the mind. The uncomfortable, tense feeling of being sexually aroused, and the intensely pleasurable feeling of sexual release. Much like food to a baby, these feelings are associated with all other comfort/discomfort memories and carry as much weight as the rest of them, maybe more since the feelings are generally much more intense.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 102

Prosperity From the Inside Out

How These Motivating Desires Affect Persuasion Now, the final piece of the puzzle is in understanding what happens when these topics come up in conversation and how this affects the persuasion process. Remember the Pink Elephant Principle that we talked about in the Psychology of Persuasion chapter? In order to interpret the words communicated, the mind must call up an associated memory of what those words stand for, and in doing so will re-experience those memories as if they are happening in the present moment. So when you talk about food, your prospect will have to recall a memory involving food, and will re-live an experience of food in the present moment. The experience of food will become a part of the combined experience of the present conversation, resulting in an association being made between food and whatever else you’re talking about. Whatever you’re talking about has just become more ‘comfortable’, and you’ve taken another step towards your desired outcome. “ Have you ever found yourself enjoying the process of reading an excellent book to the point where it seems your mind is just feeding on the information you’re getting, as if the words themselves become food for your intellect and you feel your mind getting full on the meal?” “ Don’t try to take it all in at once. I mean, you can’t eat a whole cow in a single meal. But if you take it one bite at a time, you can digest any amount of information.” “ I really enjoy being here with you tonight. It’s a very sweet feeling that warms my insides like drinking a mug of hot cocoa.” “ Can you help me with this project. I may have bitten off more than I can chew with this, and your input Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Why People Do What They Do

Page 103

would definitely spice things up.” “ It’s really great when you can allow yourself to relax and just drink in all of the intoxicating information helping you become a power persuader.” As you can see from the examples, the food concept doesn’t have to actually involve eating. But the mind of your prospect will experience your words as if they are actually eating while listening to you talk, and this will add pleasant associations to your suggestions.

Motivating Desires Common To Most Humans Physical Motivating Desires We’ve already covered some of the most basic of all motivating desires, those related to survival. Within our genes are the codes that make our bodies feel good when we’re doing things to maintain our personal survival and the survival of the species. Sex feels good because it is what propagates the human race across generations. Food We’ve already talked about how food becomes a motivating desire and how to use it when persuading someone. Phrases such as “ chew on this” when asking someone to think about something, or using the word “ digest” to refer to the processing of information work very well. Along a similar line, you can also describe another experience, such as completing a work-related task or a feeling of being closely bonded to a person, using a simile such as: “ When the job is done you can rest easily, like you do after eating a thick, juicy steak with the perfect blend of spices cooked over a wood fire.” You’re going to find so many great choices in this catalog; you’ll feel just like a kid in a candy store.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 104

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Sex I think that everyone’s heard the phrase “ sex sells” . Not only do you see it used to advertise products for men, but you also see it being used to advertise products for women as well. Both sexes are just as motivated by this core physical driving force as the other. While men tend to be more open about their desire for sex, women are just as interested. They’ve just been programmed by society to ‘protect themselves’ and not be as open about it. I think that this will fade as time passes, but for now, society is still teaching women to be more reserved in their expression of sexual interest. Here in the United States, we also tend to be more reserved about sex than our cousins in other countries. We have more taboos about the discussion of sex, and we place more restrictions on what is considered ‘proper’ and ‘socially acceptable’. In recent years, there was a lot of fuss about sexual harassment and that really put a damper on even hinting about sex in a workplace environment. So how can we use the concept of sex in our persuasion efforts? We can’t use it in quite the same way as we do with food. “ When the job is done you can rest easily, like you do after having the best sex of your life.” “ Have you ever found yourself becoming really fascinated by a subject, being drawn into it as if you were approaching a climax and ready to explode?” If you tried one of these at work you just might get yourself into trouble. But something like this may be appropriate if you are trying to seduce someone and that person is already warmed up to you. How far you can go with it really depends on the situation and whether your prospect is open to it. There is a way to bring up the concept of sex without really mentioning it directly. You can talk about things that could be taken as sexual or non-sexual, yet string them together in a way that suggests a sexual connotation. This is known as the art of sexual innuendo. “ I really like playing tennis. You’re out there in the hot sun and it feels really good to have the sun caressing your skin. Your heart beats faster as you Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Why People Do What They Do

Page 105

work the ball back and forth across the court. Your muscles tighten and release with the repetitive motions, straining to keep the game going and not lose it too soon. You’re drenched in sweat, but it feels good, makes you feel intensely alive. And as much as you’d like it to last all afternoon, it’s soon over and you find yourself totally relaxed, yet looking forward to the next time. “ This job can be rather routine much of the time, yet somehow the routine nature of it becomes a reason to be here because as you repeat the same motions over and over again, it’s like you’re in this harmony with the universe, and each little motion carries with it a deep, hidden meaning that transcends all rational thought, and when this happens, you feel a sense of passion about what you’re doing, a passion that makes you feel good about what you’re doing in a way that drives you to do more of it, because doing it makes you feel good all over. And when you’re away from the job, you long to get back to it as quickly as you can just so you can re-experience that passion. With me, this is how I feel.” “ Confidence is a feeling that starts deep within you, within your heart. As you start to uncover the secret areas of yourself, and present them to someone who cares for you, you find that as this person responds in a good way to what you are sharing with this person, you feel a warm, tingling sensation that gets warmer and brighter the more you share of yourself. And this knowledge that you are capable of making another person feel good makes you feel good about yourself and confident about sharing more of yourself whenever possible.”

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 106

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Sexual references don’t have to be crass or primitive to be effective. As with much of persuasion, the light touch is really more effective anyways. Safety What happens when you feel intimidated? You either feel like running away or you feel like standing up for yourself and doing battle, right? The old “ fight or flight” phenomenon. Just as with food and sex, you can use this primary motivating desire in your persuasion activities by simply using concepts and words that mean safety, security, protection, solidity, trust, harmlessness, immunity, freedom, helpfulness, relaxation, comfort, dependability, reliability, predictability and so forth. By doing so, you will inject a feeling of safety into your conversation and your prospect will feel safe thinking about your offer or proposal. “ I think you’ll really enjoy coming to our group meetings. Every Wednesday, as dependably as the sun rises, we come together to relax and share insightful thoughts and ideas that help secure the business success of all members.” “ Once you ‘lock in’ these concepts and techniques, you’ll glide smoothly through life, completely immune from distress and disorder, and forever free to reliably secure the things you want from others.” “ Some people think that success is hard to come by, but when you apply the scientific principles we’re prescribing here today, success is such a sure thing, that you can predict exactly how much you’ll get, as well as when you get it.” “ I know how important it is to feel safe in a new situation. You really want to know that the people you get involved with are going to be dependable and are on your side no matter what. That you can trust someone, and that they can be so reliable that you can Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Why People Do What They Do

Page 107

almost predict what they will do most of the time, that’s a feeling that really makes you feel comfortable about getting involved.”

Emotional / Social Motivating Desires Few people like being alone, and the only way we really know if we are accepted into the community is when those around us reflect certain things, like approval, acceptance, respect, and so forth. This leads to the following emotional motivating desires. Can you create some examples for these? Remember, you don’t have to refer to your prospect, but can be speaking about someone else entirely. Acceptance / Approval / Appreciation In Dale Carnegie’s famous book “ How to Win Friends and Influence People” , he stresses the supreme importance of the 3 A’s – Acceptance, Approval, and Appreciation. I’ve found in my own experience that when someone feels that you accept them, they will be far more likely to accept you and your suggestions. Belonging One of the major reasons that gangs and cults are able to recruit members is because they present themselves as surrogate ‘families’ where everyone ‘belongs’ and everyone looks out for each other. If this driving need is powerful enough to pull someone into a situation where violence, crime, and a total disregard for human life is rampant, doesn’t it make sense that it could also help in a more civilized environment? Recognition / Status It’s one thing to belong to a group. It’s something altogether different to hold a position of authority and leadership within that group. When someone feels that they are valuable to the community they belong to, they feel good about themselves. And if what you are offering to them will increase their status, then your offer becomes that much more ‘comfortable’ and more likely to get a yes response. Recognition and status have 3 different forms: character, skills, and possessions. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 108

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Character is usually defined as having the qualities of honesty, integrity, trustworthiness, honor, reliability, dependability, and so forth. The same things we talked about regarding physical safety apply here regarding emotional safety. To effectively use this motivating desire, you will either cast your offer in the light of being of high character, or you will subtly suggest to your prospect that they will be seen as having a high character by accepting your offer. Recognition of skills is also a powerful motivating desire. As we grow up, we acquire a large number of skills required to survive. Walking is a skill that was difficult to master, as was learning to speak. Yet these common skills are not what your prospect wants to be recognized for. Your prospect wants to feel as if they have accomplished something that few others have been able to do. We all have a certain level of pride associated with mastering special skills. In the world of business, for example, the people who are paid the most are usually the ones who have mastered a skill that few others are capable of performing. In schools, teachers who are able to educate their students in a fun and powerful way are highly sought after. And in personal situations, those who are able to make others feel good about themselves (a skill in itself) are considered the best friends to have. Possessions are almost universally recognized as being status symbols. The more you have, the greater your apparent importance within the community. In many cases, this is true, since the only way you can accumulate stuff is to exchange value you’ve created for items that others have to offer. Thus, in order to get stuff, we need to create and exchange value for it, and those with the most stuff are usually those who have created the most value. Creating value to exchange for stuff doesn’t have to be a difficult process. As you’re learning in this course, making another person feel good about themselves is one form of creating value. Learning how to accomplish an important task and then teaching others is another easy way to create value. Knowing how to present a product or service when selling it can ‘create’ value, simply because you are able to inspire from your prospect a greater regard for the product.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Why People Do What They Do

Page 109

Most humans are motivated to acquire possessions in order to secure their position within their communities. If you can present your offer in a way that suggests that your prospect will get more stuff as a result of agreeing to your offer, you will add weight to the yes side of the scale. Self-Worth / Self-Importance The last emotional motivating desires that we will discuss here are the emotions of self-worth and self-importance. As humans, we also like to feel good about ourselves, outside of our relationships with other people. This is the prime motivating desire that is used when engaging in fund-raising for charity, or asking someone to give up something they value without getting anything in exchange, such as giving up an afternoon for community service projects. Emotional Stimulation Everyone loves to be stimulated. When we become excited, or scared, our hearts start beating faster, the adrenaline starts to pump through our veins, and we feel more alive than we ever do staying in the nice, safe, comfortable corners of the world. It is this motivating desire that causes people to do dangerous stunts, such as bungee jumping or cliff climbing, or enter a forbidden situation and risk getting caught.

Mental Motivating Desires One of the reasons that humans have become the dominant species on this planet is due to our ability to think beyond the present situation. We can consciously remember past events, and we can project ourselves into the future to see the eventual outcome to a set of actions. We can consider the possible outcomes to various alternatives and choose the options that are most likely to create the desired outcome. Mental Stimulation Part of what has contributed to our domination of planet Earth is the genetic need for mental stimulation. As the pace of our lives grows, this need grows as well. We are constantly bombarded with Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 110

Prosperity From the Inside Out

information from every direction. And yet we search for more; on the Internet, on TV, on the radio, in the paper, in magazines, through cell phones, anywhere and everywhere. Everywhere you go, you see people talking on cell phones. Most of them are not doing business, but simply talking to friends and family in an effort to stay stimulated. I often find myself ‘surfing’ the Internet, not really looking for anything in particular, just looking around to see what’s out there. Many people have a habit of watching television for hours on end without any real concern for the shows that are playing. It’s said that the ‘average’ person watches over 20 hours of TV a week! The world of advertising, which is right in the middle of the persuasion field, has learned that for an ad to be effective, it must be stimulating. Dan Kennedy, one of the geniuses of advertising and marketing, has a simple message – “ Don’t be boring!!” We can use this knowledge in our own persuasion efforts, whether we are creating marketing materials, teaching a class of students, counseling a patient, or seducing a lover. If we want to be noticed and gain the attention of our prospect, we must create interest and excitement. We have to project a concept, an image, and a message that is stimulating to our prospect in order to win our prospect’s full attention. Once captured, we should communicate our full message in the same context in order to keep our prospect interested in everything we say. Understanding Mental stimulation by itself is not wholly responsible for humanity’s success as a species. We also have a driving need to understand the world around us, and the people we come in contact with. Only by understanding what’s going on do we have a chance of controlling it to our advantage. When you are persuading someone, you want to make sure that your prospect has a feeling of understanding your proposition, or at least that part of it that involves them. Fear is uncomfortable, and anything that is unknown has the potential to also be uncomfortable. This is why we desire to know and

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Why People Do What They Do

Page 111

to understand, to eliminate the possibility of uncomfortable things sneaking up and surprising us. Our need for understanding leads to several things, such as a need for order and structure, as an example. When we can easily identify a structure and a pattern, we feel that we understand the whole. Compare this to a random mish-mash of happenstance that could disguise a potentially hazardous trap. Our need for understanding also leads to a curiosity about new things. Rather than allow a new thing to have a chance to hurt us, we’d rather learn about it and understand it in an effort to protect ourselves from it’s hidden dangers. Not knowing is uncomfortable, and we try to make ourselves more comfortable by investigating the new thing. Our need for understanding extends to the people around us. Whenever someone acts unpredictably, in a way that we did not expect, we sense the potential for getting hurt. Maybe it’s physical danger, but most of the time it’s simply the danger of being taken advantage of, losing some of our stuff (and thus our status in the community), or being mislead into a situation we didn’t want to be in. It’s much easier to understand someone when they act consistently, doing the same things in the same situations time after time. Other characteristics that help your prospect feel that they understand you are honesty, integrity, credibility, and authority. If your prospect gets these messages (from you or from others), then you will have a much easier time persuading this prospect to your way of thinking. We’ll cover how to present these in more detail later on. Because some of these characteristics can only be truly known after a period of time, the feeling of familiarity is also a motivating desire. If you are unfamiliar to your prospect, they feel a lack of understanding. After all, the information they get from you this one time could easily be false information. Your prospect has been lied to before, and doesn’t want to be lied to again. They want to know that they can trust you, and that usually only comes through time. As a power persuader, however, you will be able to instill these feelings within minutes simply by talking about them. As you talk about the concepts of familiarity, reliability, trustworthiness, and so on, your prospect will be recalling related memories and reClaim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 112

Prosperity From the Inside Out

experiencing those feelings. And as your prospect experiences the feelings of trust and understanding while in your presence, these feelings become associated with you, and you will have eliminated the normal barriers to gaining your prospect’s full trust. Efficiency Despite the fact that we have a driving need for mental stimulation, there is simply too much information to keep track of all of the time. We would have never become the dominant species without a mechanism to filter out the majority of information so we could focus on the important things. Do you remember learning how to drive a car? Remember how it seemed that there was too much information to keep track of? Watching the gauges to make sure everything was working and that you weren’t driving too fast. Watching the other cars on the road to make sure that they didn’t pull in front of you and being ready to react in case they did. Coordinating the pedals on the floor and the steering wheel in time with each other to maneuver the car the way you needed to go. At first it seemed so very overwhelming! But as you gradually gained proficiency, you discovered that you didn’t have to watch the gauges, that you could judge the speed of the car by ‘feel’. You didn’t have to watch the other cars, just watch the space in front of your car. Your found shortcuts that gave you enough information to make reasonable choices. A similar thing happens in other areas of life. After having many experiences of seeing better quality items priced higher than lesser items, we learn that price generally equals value. So if we’re short on time, we look at the price to determine which of two items is better. When we focus on only a portion of the information, we are using what are known as “ rules of thumb” or “ judgmental heuristics” . We’ll also cover many of these later in the course.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Discover Your Prospect’s Secret Buttons While you can feel confident persuading anyone using the core motivating desires we just covered, you will go even further when you take into consideration the personality type of your prospect. Although we are all human, we are also individuals with different value systems and different ways of responding to the world around us. Just as any point can be located using a system of coordinates along 3 physical dimensions, any prospect you encounter may be described using a system of classification along the following 6 psychological dimensions of motivation. 1. Pleasure / Pain 2. Emotional / Logical 3. Details / Big Picture 4. Self-Centered / Other-Centered 5. Leader / Follower 6. Moving / Static Each one of these 6 key personality dimensions represents a scale upon which you will measure your prospects to find the best way of persuading them. As you begin to evaluate each person you meet, you will notice where each person falls on these 6 scales, and as you do, you will realize just how easily you can customize your message to every person you talk to, and increase your persuasiveness exponentially! Clearly, you won’t need to address all 6 dimensions with every prospect you want to persuade. In most cases, you will only need to place a prospect on 2 or 3 of these dimensions, depending on the offer you are presenting. In order to get this firmly into your head so you can quickly evaluate each person you meet, you will want to take a day to work with each dimension at a time. For example, on Monday, evaluate everyone you meet in terms of the pleasure / pain dimension. On Tuesday, evaluate everyone you meet in terms of the emotional / logical dimension. Follow along, spending one day evaluating each person you meet that day in terms of only one of the six dimensions. This will establish the bedrock foundation for your persuasion training.

Page 114

Prosperity From the Inside Out

In fact, the information gained by this practice alone can literally multiply your persuasiveness in almost every situation.

Pleasure / Pain We are all motivated by the twin factors of pleasure and pain. We enjoy pleasurable things and do what we can to get more of them into our lives. We dislike painful things and do what we can to eliminate them from our experience. However, some people are motivated more by pleasure than they are by pain, and others are motivated more by pain than they are by pleasure. Just to make sure I’m communicating clearly, let’s go over a couple of examples of what I’m talking about. This will also give you additional information with which to use in gauging where a prospect should be placed on this dimension. Listen carefully to a story about Karen, a friend of mine. Karen seems to have a very positive outlook on life. When she was in high school, she was involved in all of the social activities: going to parties, hanging out with her friends, and doing what she had to in order to pass. It was an incredibly fun time for her. After a couple of years working at dead end jobs, and getting into a relationship that wasn’t exactly the best thing for her, Karen made a decision that she wanted more. She felt that she deserved better and that if she was to get what she wanted, she was going to have to do whatever it took. So, she broke up with her boyfriend, moved into a run down apartment, and took on another job to make ends meet. Karen then checked out the local community college to see about taking some classes to help her get a better job. With the help of a counselor, Karen mapped out a plan of action that would give her a bachelor degree in 3 years. The whole process required that she take on a 3 rd part time job to pay for her tuition, but that was just part of the price of success. After Karen graduated (with honors, no less), she was able to easily get a great job with a solid company. Her salary was $40,000 per year, and the benefits included 3 weeks of paid vacation every year, full medical benefits, a company car, and her workplace even has an in-house fitness center.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Discover Your Prospect’s Secret Buttons

Page 115

But even with all this, Karen still wants more. The last I heard, she was working overtime and taking additional training as part of her attack on a higher position in the company. Now, let’s compare Karen’s story with another friend of mine, David. David also has a positive outlook on life. He enjoyed his high school years as much as Karen did, and had a social life that was just as full. After high school, David pursued a college education, and with the help of several student loans was able to earn his associate degree. While David did have a part-time job during that time, he only worked a few hours per week, counting on his student loans to pay his way through school. With his associate degree, David was able to get a fairly good job with a reputable company. His starting salary was around $25,000 a year, with average benefits including 2 weeks of paid vacation each year. The last time I talked to David, he told me “ Life is pretty good. I enjoy the job I have and it pays the bills. It’s probably going to take me several years to pay off the student loans, but I’ll be okay until then. And after that, I’ll be able to buy a better house and actually do some fun things with my vacation.” Where on the pleasure/pain motivation scale would you place Karen and David? Pain-Avoider

Pleasure-Seeker

How To Classify Your Prospect We don’t need to assign numbers to this scale, just think of a ‘relative’ position on the scale. Karen is ‘relatively’ far on the pleasure motivated side of the scale, whereas David is ‘relatively’ centered on the pain motivated side of the scale. Both wanted to only do what they had to in order to get by, at least in high school. This indicates that they prefer to avoid uncomfortable situations. They also both enjoyed taking part in social situations and thus sought out pleasurable activities. From this information, both Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 116

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Karen and David would be neutral, and we would place them in the middle of the scale, equally motivated by both pleasure and pain. But where we find the differences are where they are willing to confront painful situations in order to get what they wanted. Karen was willing to break up a relationship, take on additional part time jobs, and work very hard to earn high marks in school in order to get a good job. The relative ‘pain’ of these things did not detour her decisions and meant less to her than the ‘pleasure’ of a rewarding job. David, on the other hand, was not willing to work very hard at earning his college degree. He only took an easy part time job, one that had no chance of actually paying for his education. Instead, he relied on student loans to make life easier (and less painful) while he was earning his diploma. His grades were only average, not enough to qualify him for a higher paying position in his company. And once he got his job, he didn’t want to push himself to get a better job, preferring to wait until the student loans were paid off before really enjoying life. In short, David was willing to settle for less pleasure in order to avoid pain. The reason we don’t place David too far on the pain motivated side of the scale is because he doesn’t talk too much about what’s wrong with things and he wasn’t too afraid to engage in social activities. We all know that sometimes it can be awkward to meet new people, yet David felt that the ‘pain’ of meeting new people was worth the ‘pleasure’ of being sociable. That’s why David is only partially on the pain motivated side of the scale. Here’s an easy way to determine on which side of the scale your prospect sits. Wherever you are, whatever you’re talking about, just do this one thing and your prospect will tell you exactly what you need to know. Ask how they feel about something. If they start telling you all the great things about it, then you have a pleasure-seeker on your hands. If they start telling you about what’s wrong, you have a pain-avoider. Sometimes, you don’t even have to ask them anything. You can tell just by the tone of their conversation. A pleasure-seeker will tell you what they are working towards, the goals they have, and the dreams they hope to live. A pain-avoider will tell you about all of the Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Discover Your Prospect’s Secret Buttons

Page 117

little problems they have, and although they come up for everyone, they are somehow more troublesome for this person.

How To Use This To Persuade Whenever you know that you have a pleasure-seeker, spend the majority of your time talking about the benefits, the pleasure, of accepting your offer. Talk about what they will get out of the deal, and how much better off their life will be once they take you up on your offer. When you have a pain-avoider, you will need to spend more of your time talking about the problems your offer will solve. Talk about painful situations that will be avoided by saying yes to your proposal, and watch them scramble to ‘not lose out’. Obviously, you will need to include both sides in your persuasive argument, because we all respond to both sides. Just make sure to spend more time talking about the side that your prospect is affected by the most. “ Here’s something to consider. What if I could teach you how to become more popular, win more friends, and get more of the things you want out of life? If I could show you something that will do this for you, would you be interested?” “ Here’s something to consider. What if I could teach you how to eliminate rejection, suffer fewer times alone, and stop your boss from passing you over for promotion? If I could show you something that will do this for you, would you be interested?”

Emotional / Logical Although we now know that everyone is persuaded through their emotions, we also recognize that some people prefer the emotional reasons to be presented in ‘logical’ terms. Some of us like to hear the reasons why going along with a proposal is a good idea, that the ‘facts’

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 118

Prosperity From the Inside Out

support our emotional desires for such things as power, efficiency, value, beauty, or quality. Of course, not everyone is like this, and others would rather just go along with what feels good at the time. They want to buy the brand that has ‘meaning’ for them. They want to spend time with people who make them laugh and have fun. They want to believe in destiny and fate, that events and choices are sometimes beyond their control.

How To Classify Your Prospect One of the quickest and easiest ways to classify your prospect and determine whether they are more emotionally driven or more logically driven is to simply ask them what is important to them about any given subject. If they talk about emotional values, then they are more emotionally driven. If they talk about facts, specifications, or other things that can be more or less measured, then they are more logically driven. “ What about __________ is important to you?” Emotional

Logical

How To Use This To Persuade Obviously, if your prospect is more emotionally driven, then you will spend more time talking about how your offer will make them feel and less time talking about the supporting facts. And if your prospect is more logically driven, you will spend more time talking about how the facts of your offer are important and need to be considered in making a decision. “ The styling of this car will command respect from everyone you meet. Just imagine how your clients will respond to you when they see you drive up to meet them in this car.” “ Studies have shown that people who drive this car begin to earn higher incomes as a result of the Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Discover Your Prospect’s Secret Buttons

Page 119

increased respect gained from their clients.” “ To help motivate yourself on your weight-loss plan, imagine how much more energy and fun you’ll have when you’re at your ideal weight and think of all the things you’ll be able to do that you haven’t been able to do before.” “ As you lose the weight, keep a chart of your progress to help motivate yourself. Every pound you lose will demonstrate to your inner mind that you CAN be a different person, one who can accomplish goals, and this will help you when you go on to your other life goals.”

Details / Big Picture Have you ever heard the phrase “ he gets so caught up in the details he can’t see the forest for the trees” ? Some people really enjoy working with the details of a subject. Of course, there are others who have worked with the details so long that they are somehow unable to see the overall pattern in which those details exist. These people will confuse activity with accomplishment and spend hours on tasks that move them no closer to their goals. On the other hand, these people are also the ones who can find a loophole in the tax code and save big time! On the other end of the scale, you’ll find people who speak only in generalities, talking about grand ideas with no clue how those ideas will actually get implemented. These people want to understand the overall structure of an idea without the clutter of the minor details. After all, what difference do the details make unless the overall plan has a sound foundation? Both viewpoints are important, yet we all know that some people are focused more on one side of the scale than the other, and others are focused the other way around.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 120

Prosperity From the Inside Out

How To Classify Your Prospect Here again, the easiest way to classify your prospect is to ask them a question. Somewhere in your conversation, wherever it fits in naturally, ask your prospect to describe something to you. It’s better if you ask about a process or an activity, but it also works when you ask about a physical thing like a car or a house. “ How would you describe that?” As your prospect gives the description, notice how much detail is given, and whether the relationships between concepts are described or not. The more details given, the more detail oriented is your prospect. The less detail and the more overall relationships given, the more your prospect is the ‘big picture’ type. Details

Big Picture

How To Use This To Persuade Once again, the use of this information is pretty much obvious. If you’re talking to a detail oriented prospect, feed them as much detail as you can. If your prospect is on the big picture side of the scale, talk more about the overall concepts of your offer and don’t clutter it up too much with the details. Match your prospect as much as possible in the amount of detail in your conversation, and you will develop a strong sense of rapport which will help you to control the rest of the persuasion process.

Self-Centered / Other-Centered We are all self-centered. No doubt about it, everything we do is focused purely on what it will do for us. Will it bring us pleasure, or will it cause us pain? Even when we give to charity, it’s because it makes us feel good to do so. We’ve done our part to ease the suffering of the world. We are good people who make a difference. But on the other hand, we are all concerned about other people. None of us wants to be alone forever, so we have a distinct interest in Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Discover Your Prospect’s Secret Buttons

Page 121

being involved with other people. And it’s so very easy to imagine ourselves in their place. If we were in that situation, we would want someone to help us out, so we help them out because it’s the right thing to do. Here again, we have a scale where some people are more focused on themselves, and some people are more focused on others. Scientists call this having either an internal or external focus. When a person has an external focus, they are more concerned about others than they are about themselves, and when a person cares more for themselves than for others, they have an internal focus. Personally, I call those with an internal focus ‘loners’ and those with an external focus ‘joiners’.

How To Classify Your Prospect As you listen to your prospect speak, you will usually pick up some clues as to which side of this scale they fall on. If your prospect talks about what other people are interested in, or how other people will be affected by something, then you know that you have a joiner. Otherwise, if your prospect talks more about themselves than anyone else, then you can be confident that your prospect is pretty much a loner. As with the 3 personality dimensions above, it is possible to ask your prospect a question in order to establish which side of the scale they lean. Just in case you can’t determine it otherwise. You can ask your prospect to tell you about what they consider to be a ‘good time’, such as the ‘ideal vacation’ or the best way to spend a free weekend. If your prospect tells you that a good time is when they can get away and read a book, you can be fairly sure that they are a loner. But if your prospect tells you that they love to go to parties and hang out in Times Square, that’s a good sign that they are a joiner. Loner (Internal Focus)

Joiner (External Focus)

How To Use This To Persuade When persuading a loner, make sure to address how your proposal affects them directly. Don’t spend much time talking about how it will Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 122

Prosperity From the Inside Out

affect other people, except to say how those other people will respond to your prospect afterwards. An extreme loner will actually choose to be different from the crowd even if it puts them at a disadvantage, which can also be useful in persuading them. Just say the crowd doesn’t see the benefits of your offer, or that your offer “ isn’t for everyone” , and notice how quickly they say “ yes” . When persuading a joiner, you will want to spend more time talking about how other people will respond to the decision, or at least how the decision will affect their relationship with others. Joiners definitely want to be regarded as being good people, and want to do things that others will benefit from.

Leader / Follower Some people are born to lead, others are born to follow. Statistically however, less than 5% of the world’s population are what we would consider a ‘born leader’. So, for all practical purposes, you can simply assume that everyone you meet is a follower and leave it at that. But for a power persuader, this isn’t good enough. We want to guarantee success, not just play the numbers. And there’s that large portion of the population that falls somewhere near the middle of the scale, neither a leader not a true follower, and you’ll want to apply the right balance of persuasion techniques in order to match each prospect for the maximum effect. Natural leaders will take charge of a situation, and won’t sit back wondering what everyone else is going to do. They will evaluate the situation, take stock of the available resources (including themselves and other people), and start delegating tasks and responsibilities to those around them to get the job done. A ‘born leader’ feels that noone else is adequately equipped to make wise choices. Natural followers, on the other hand, will wait for someone else to take the lead, not wanting to stick their neck out and risk getting knocked down. They are very happy to have someone else tell them what to do, mostly because they don’t trust their own intellect and feel that they would be likely to make a mistake if they had to decide what to do.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Discover Your Prospect’s Secret Buttons

Page 123

How To Classify Your Prospect One of the simplest questions you can ask a prospect to find out which side of the scale they are on is to ask them what they do for a living. A leader will naturally hold a position of leadership, and a follower will hold a supporting position. However, this doesn’t always hold true, as a natural leader may be just starting out in a new career, or a follower was incorrectly promoted into a position of leadership. A more accurate measurement can be found by asking your prospect how they know if something is good. That “ something” can be anything, such as a movie, a restaurant, or their performance on a job. Leaders will tell you that they know something is good based on their own experience. Followers will tell you that they know something is good when someone else tells them it’s good, such as when they read a good review, or that someone they know tells them that they had a good experience with it. Leader

Follower

How To Use This To Persuade Followers are more likely to go along with a plan when they think that the rest of the crowd is going along with it. These people respond well to things like testimonials and reports from other people. If you can present your offer in a way that your prospect is likely to be left behind if they don’t accept, or if you can play the authority role in the conversation, then you’ll have a much better chance of a successful outcome. Leaders, however, won’t just follow along, and it doesn’t matter to them how many others have done as you are suggesting they do now. You will have to persuade them that this is a good idea for them irregardless of what others think. You will also have to use what I call the “ Blonde’s Secret Weapon” , which is to get the prospect to think that accepting your offer is their idea, not yours. I’ll talk more about this later in the course.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 124

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Moving / Static I’m sure you know someone who seems to be moving constantly, who finds it almost impossible to stay in one place for any length of time. They move from one activity to another, getting bored with each one in the space of a nanosecond. They change jobs, move from town to town and from relationship to relationship. And when you spend any amount of time talking to them, they are constantly changing the subject. You probably also know someone who is stable as a rock. They still live in the same house they did ages ago. Still work at the same company, attend the same church, and go to the same restaurant for dinner on the same night of the week just as they always have. You can almost set your watch by their schedule. In a persuasion situation, either one of these two extremes can be difficult to work with. The person who is constantly moving can sometimes be difficult to pin down to a decision, and the one who never changes will be reluctant to agree to your offer unless it fits into their already established routine. Luckily, most people will be a more average balance between the two sides.

How To Classify Your Prospect Once you’ve talked to your prospect for any length of time, you’ll probably get a good idea of where they fit on this scale. If your prospect changes the subject three times a minute, and won’t let you finish a sentence before interrupting, that’s a good sign that they are a motion junkie. However, if your prospect wants to talk about the same thing forever, and doesn’t respond when you try to change the subject, your prospect is caught in a molasses swamp. Unfortunately, there’s no question you can ask your prospect to help you determine which side of the scale to place them on. Consider the whole conversation as the answer to the unasked question. Moving

Static

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Discover Your Prospect’s Secret Buttons

Page 125

How To Use This To Persuade In the process of persuasion, the object is to get your prospect to move off of their current position and move over to your way of thinking. But once they’ve moved there, you want them to stay there. And here’s where I get to reveal a little secret. Once you determine where on these scales your prospect seems to fit, you can adjust their position by using the automatic nature of the mind and the fact that language creates experiences within your prospect’s mind via the Pink Elephant Principle. If your prospect is moving all over the place and seems hard to pin down, you can slow your prospect down so you have a good chance to settle them into agreement, by talking about things that are steady, slow, or unchanging. And if your prospect needs a nudge to get moving, use the nature of language to inject a little action in the conversation so your prospect feels more like moving towards agreement by talking about things that move, change, and evolve. The whole point of these scales is to find out where you need to start with your prospect. The rest of this course will teach you how to move them however you need to in order to gain agreement.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Persuasion Training The art of conversational hypnosis depends on several subtle skills to create certain effects which magnify your persuasiveness beyond the ordinary. This chapter will cover these. Even if you’ve studied everything there is to find on persuasion, reviewing this material will still be a good idea, as you will find the way I present it will give you added insights into the subject.

Mind Set – Quickly Become A Power Persuader Your mind set determines everything. Whatever you hold in mind while you perform any task, such as persuading, will determine your performance and the nature of the outcome.

Outcomes & Planning Far too many people get into a situation without having a clear idea of what they want to get out of it. They try to depend on their ability to respond to the variables of the situation and hope to find a quick solution based on what they discover after they get there. You may have an excellent ability to do this, but you will find that you can accomplish far more if you take some time beforehand and plan out what you want to get and how you intend to get it. NLP literature talks a lot about outcomes. Actually, I did too, even before I studied it. It seems that people will either focus on outcomes, processes, or states of being. Some people care only about how they feel about being where they are and doing what they are doing. These people are focused on their state of being. They are the easiest to persuade, and consequently the ones that have the hardest time persuading others. If this describes you most of the time, just remember that when you expect to enter into a persuasion situation, switch yourself into an outcome mode. Other people are focused more on what they are doing than anything else. These people believe that if you’re doing the right thing, whatever comes out of it is the best thing possible. The problem

Persuasion Training

Page 127

with this approach is that everyone gets into a habit of using the same processes over and over again even when other processes are equally acceptable and would achieve a more desired result. You really need to choose your processes (techniques as we generally call them) based on what you’re trying to accomplish and the needs of the situation. And the third class of people are focused on the final outcome, “ the bottom line” as it’s generally called in business, and will choose whatever process or state of being that’s required to obtain the desired result. When you’re in this mode, it’s kind of like being an artist – choosing among the various tools of your art to bring your creation to life. One objection that some people have to this approach is that it’s sometimes difficult to know in advance what the situation will be when you enter into the persuasion process. What does the other person want? What are they willing to do to get it? What are their limits? What mood will they be in? What mood will I be in? What techniques will they respond to? What approach will work with them? There’s a reason why countries at war with each other will go to great lengths to gather intelligence data about their opponents. Businesses also employ corporate spies to gather information on their competitors. Information can be the most powerful tool anyone can possess. The more you know going into any situation, the easier it is to do and say the right things at the right time. Here’s an example of one thing you can do to gather information. It’s an example I found in a book on negotiating, and it involves the purchase of a piece of property. We can use the same process in most other persuasion situations, and I’ve even known some people who have used a similar technique in dating situations. Imagine you’re in the market to purchase some property. Maybe it’s a home, maybe a warehouse. Whatever it is, you would like to know the lowest price the seller may consider without throwing you out the door. You don’t want to just go into negotiations and place an offer for half of the asking price and risk losing all hope of making future offers. So you hire someone to go in and do it for you. You instruct your spy to never mention your name and act as though they are acting in their own interests. This way, if the seller throws your spy out the Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 128

Prosperity From the Inside Out

door and breaks off negotiations, your reputation with this seller is still crystal clear, and you can send someone else with a better offer and gather more information. When one of your spies reports that the owner was uneasy about an offer, but seemed to be willing to consider it, you’ve just gathered an important piece of intelligence and can be confident walking in with that offer as a starting bid. Some businesses will hire a person to investigate the internal workings of a competitor. These spies are instructed to get a job with the competing organization and work for them as an employee. They are to gather as much information as they can on the internal policies, vendors used, contracts held, and so on and pass this information over. If you’ve ever wondered how a business can possible afford to offer what they do at the price they do, this is how you find out. Sometimes you can gather information on your prospect much easier without having to employ spies. Let’s say you’re a counselor hired to help a client change specific behaviors. You can ask your client if they have ever successfully changed other behaviors in the past. If they have, then you ask them to describe what worked in the past. Now it’s an easy matter of using the same methods to effect the current changes desired. In marketing, you discover what your target market wants by testing and conducting surveys. In the same way that spies are employed to discover the wants and needs of a competitor, test ads can be employed to discover what the market will respond to. One of the best ways to ‘interrogate’ your market is to run a series of ads, each one focused on one end of each of the 6 scales of personality we covered in the last segment of this course. Run one ad that focuses on the pleasure that can be obtained by making a purchase. Run a separate ad that focuses on the pain that can be avoided by making a purchase. Compare the two approaches, and you will know what balance to use in future ads. Then you run test ads for the remaining personal dimensions and when you’ve covered them all, you’ll have a detailed ‘personality assessment’ of your target audience. Then it’s just a matter of testing concepts, wording, and the order that the elements are presented. So the bottom line is that before you enter into a full-scale persuasion situation, you want to gather as much information as Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Persuasion Training

Page 129

possible, decide what you want to get out of it, and map out a plan for getting it. Obviously, minor persuasion situations won’t require as much pre-planning as more involved situations, so your planning could be as simple as doing a quick evaluation of your prospect, deciding what you want, and choosing which techniques you’ll use to get it.

Win / Win I’ve seen many people walk into persuasion situations with the attitude of being determined to get what they intend to get whatever it takes, and walk out with nothing. I’ve also seen others walk into similar situations with the attitude of cooperation and win/win and walk out with more than their fair share. This comes back to something we discussed in the Psychology of Persuasion chapter. It’s a lot easier to persuade someone when they feel you care about them and their wants and needs. They trust you more, and are more willing to consider your needs and wants. The first step using the win/win approach is to have good intentions. If you’re selling a product, make sure the product is a good one. Same thing if you’re selling a service. Make sure that what you are offering to your prospect is worth what you are asking for in return. Even in personal situations where you’re asking someone out on a date. Make sure that you are able to provide a good experience, making the date worth that person’s time and the energy they invested into it. When you have something good to offer, it’s much easier to persuade someone to accept your offer. This is such a basic concept, yet a large percentage of the world seems to forget this most basic foundation. When you have something good to offer, people will tend to tell others about it, and you won’t have to persuade them to accept your offer. They will want to persuade you to allow them to have it. In business, this manifests as word of mouth advertising. Satisfied customers tell their friends about what your company offers, and soon you have people coming to you to buy your product or service without having to advertise. If you offer something which allows for repeat purchases, your satisfied customers will keep coming back to you over and over again, elevating your profit margins higher and higher. Between the repeat customers and the word of mouth advertising, your Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 130

Prosperity From the Inside Out

business is assured of success simply because you have a good product or service. In relationships, the same thing occurs. If your partner is satisfied, they will tell others about how great a person you are, and you will have other potential partners trying to snag you away. And your current partner will keep coming back again and again to reexperience the pleasure of your company. Sometimes all it takes is creating good feelings through the conversational hypnosis techniques you’re learning here.

Offering A Desirable ‘Product’ This applies whether you’re actually selling a product or not. If you are offering something your prospect wants, you will be more likely to persuade them to accept it than if you are offering something they don’t want. Once again, this should be obvious, but a lot of people fail to take this into consideration when looking to persuade. It’s not easy to catch a fish when you’re using the wrong bait. One mistake many would-be business owners make is to create a product and then go looking for a market to sell that product to. There have been thousands of inventions created that no one other than the inventor wanted. Similarly, there have been many thousands of books written that were of no interest to anyone but the authors. Far easier is it to find out what the market wants, and then create it and provide it for a profit. In fact, the easiest way to make money today is to spend time on online forums and discussion groups and find out what information people are consistently asking for. Then go research that topic, learn everything you can about it, and write a short book explaining what you’ve learned. By doing this, the book is guaranteed to sell and you will make money. You don’t have to be an expert on the topic. All you need to do is spend your time to collect the information and package it in a form convenient to those who want it. Or, if you’re able to create software products, you can use the same process to find out what type of application to create, what features are required in order to be competitive, and what additional features to add to solve the problems of your market. I’ve seen such an incredibly large need for quality website software that I’m spending Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Persuasion Training

Page 131

time to learn PHP and MySQL in order to enter this market. It’s amazing how much some people are making from simple programs which do very little. The bottom line is that if you see a need for any type of product or service, and you can provide it, or at least learn what you need to in order to provide it, then you are guaranteed a successful outcome. Getting back to my point, this same mistake happens in every situation you can think of. Employers try to give their employees what they think the employees want only to find out that the employees actually wanted something completely different. Lovers try to give their mate their own concept of what is good in a relationship, yet their mate may actually want something else entirely.

Power Persuasion Is Gardening, Not Hunting Ineffective persuaders look upon persuasion as a process of tracking down the prospect and attacking them with various offers and techniques until they concede and surrender. Power persuaders consider the process to be more like planting seeds of thoughts that will sprout feelings, which are nurtured to grow and produce agreement. The basic difference is that when a prospect has been conquered, they will look for a way out and defect from the agreement at the earliest possible opportunity, just like a prisoner. However, when a prospect is led to arrive at their own reasons to agree, they become a loyal ally that will go out of their way to defend the agreement. You’ve already learned how to plant seeds of thought using the automatic nature of the mind and the Pink Elephant Principle. Simply find out what motivates your prospect, refer to these things in relation to what you are offering, and watch your prospect realize they have their own reasons to accept your offer. No ‘hard sell’, no pushiness, no attacking. Nine times out of ten, your prospect will end up thanking you for giving them the opportunity to take advantage of your offer.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 132

Prosperity From the Inside Out

One Step At A Time Gets You ‘Round The World Persuasion doesn’t usually happen in an instant. Most of the time it is a gradual process that starts with the prospect becoming aware that you exist, developing a sense of rapport between you and your prospect, planting the seeds of thought that create the desire for what you are offering, and then securing the final agreement. While it would be great if we could just walk up to a prospect, deliver a single line with an embedded command in it, and then have the prospect jumping at us to accept our offer, that rarely happens, unless you are making a VERY good offer and it’s something your prospect has already been actively looking for. But in that case, it isn’t persuasion. Amateur persuaders have a tendency to want immediate agreement. If they don’t see a conclusion to the process soon enough, they start to back away from what they wanted in order to reach the finish line sooner. Professionals understand that the timing of agreement is not always important, and sometimes it’s more important to wait for the desired outcome. For instance, when I met my wife, Linda, I knew right away that I wanted to spend the rest of my life with her. She wasn’t so sure, as her previous marriage fell apart after ten years and she lost faith in the concept of a life-long commitment. I was completely undeterred, and accepted that I would have to wait in order to get what I wanted. At the time, I knew only a fraction of what is contained in this course, but at least I knew that much. After a period of six years, our relationship grew, but she still had the lingering doubts about marriage, and to some degree, about me. At that time, someone from her past came back into her life, and for a while she seriously considered leaving me for him. To make a long story shorter, she realized what it was that she felt was missing from our relationship (a certain style of communication), and I started doing whatever I could to adjust myself to become the ‘good product’ she wanted. In the process, I discovered conversational hypnosis and how it could be used to create emotions within the listener. I worked with it the best I could (the information I found was very disorganized and hard to understand), and discovered that it worked well. As I continued to learn and practice the techniques, I found that Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Persuasion Training

Page 133

the results I got improved as well. Over a period of a couple of months, I was able to plant enough seeds into her mind so that she began to feel more like staying with me rather than pursuing the other guy. Several months later, she was not only willing to marry me, but looking forward to it. Now she tells everyone it was the best decision of her life. The way I look at it, what difference does a few months (or even a few years) make when you’re talking about something which will affect the next fifty years? The result of persuading your prospect should be taken into consideration when deciding how much time you’re willing to invest in the process. Give it all the time it’s worth. A journey of a thousand miles begins with a single step, followed by more single steps, until you reach the final destination.

Appearance – Making A Great 1st Impression As human beings, we have a tendency to pre-judge other people based on how they appear to us. It may be that they remind us of someone else, and we automatically associate them with the other person and assume that they will be very much similar in other ways. Or perhaps we believe the stereotypes that often enter into gossipy chit-chat and use them to judge someone who seems to fit into the general category. Or it could be that we are responding to things we like or dislike. When we meet an attractive stranger, we automatically assume that they have other ‘good’ qualities such as honesty, integrity, and character. (Don’t laugh too hard; studies have proven that attractiveness does influence our opinions of these and other personality traits.) Or maybe we see someone wearing lots of jewelry and assume that they must be financially well off and have connections to a higher class of society. Whatever the reason, it’s a fact that the way we appear to others will affect how easily we can persuade them. So let’s take a look at some of the ways we can improve our appearance and amplify our persuasiveness.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 134

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Face & Hair One of the first things anyone sees is our face. People want to know if you are someone they can feel good about meeting or spending time with. Our upbringing has trained us that those who approach with a smile and an expression of happiness will be a pleasure to experience, and those who lack these things would be better off avoided. For this reason, make sure to wear a smile any time you want to persuade someone. Beyond the smile, there are a couple of other things we can do to improve the attractiveness of our face. Most people respond better to those who don’t wear glasses, so if you do, you may want to consider wearing contact lenses instead. The exception to this rule is when you’re in a situation where glasses are to be expected, such as when you need to project an image of intelligence. True or not, most people believe that those with glasses are more intelligent. For men, make sure that any facial hair is neatly trimmed, although the general rule here is that you’ll be more persuasive without it, but there are exceptions. Most studies have also shown that men with short hair tend to be more persuasive as well. This might have something to do with the fact that most men with short hair are the conservative, trustworthy, and reliable types, and a lot of criminal (or criminally unpredictable) types wear longer hair. For women, you’ll want to make sure that any makeup you wear appears more or less ‘natural’ and only enhances your face, rather than hides it. If it looks like you’re wearing a mask, take it off. I understand that you almost have to be an artist to apply it well, and I sincerely sympathize with you on this. Take comfort in this thought: professional models have to sometimes spend hours (yes, plural) to have their makeup applied by a highly-trained artist. Women also will want to make sure their hair is neatly styled and doesn’t hide their face, as a hidden face tends to be associated with having something to hide in other ways too.

Body We all know that overweight people are less attractive in the eyes of most people. You don’t have to kill yourself to be ultra-thin, but Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Persuasion Training

Page 135

keeping in shape should be a priority even if only for the increased energy, vitality, and enjoyment you get from having an efficiently running machine. When you have more energy, you’re able to project your enthusiasm more effectively and thus persuade others quicker and easier.

Clothes The clothes you wear comprise about 90% of what others see. While not everyone keeps up with the latest styles, we all have a subconscious awareness of what is considered out of date. If you take the time to consult with a fashion expert, you’ll find that there are certain ‘timeless’ styles that never go out of date and help you to save considerable money by not having to replace your whole wardrobe every time the seasons change. Beyond this, the more you ‘fit in’ with your prospect, the better. I remember doing some ‘door to door’ sales, and although I was told to always wear a suit, I found that I got more sales when I wore jeans and a t-shirt, at least in certain neighborhoods. In other neighborhoods the suit worked better.

Jewelry In their attempt to impress prospects and others, amateur persuaders tend to overdo the jewelry thing. Big flashy rings and necklaces that overpower the eyes only work in certain situations, and only when it’s expected because everyone else in the same situation is doing the same thing, like with the top name rappers in the music industry, or a pimp out on the streets. For all of us normal folks, however, it’s best to stay away from the gaudy jewelry.

Possessions What you own has it’s own effect on your persuasiveness. If you drive up to meet a prospect in a high-priced luxury car, your prospect will assume that you are well off financially, and may also assume that you are good at what you do. This is one of the judgmental heuristics we talked about a little in the Psychology of Persuasion section and will cover in greater depth later on in the course. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 136

Prosperity From the Inside Out

The image of success is well known to contribute to future success. It’s for this reason that some people will go into debt in order to establish the expected ‘trappings’ of success. But beware, because the word ‘trappings’ also suggests something that happens to anyone who goes too far into debt – they become trapped by the debt itself, unable to escape. For maximum success, consider everything that you own that might become visible to a prospect and ask yourself “ Would someone successful in what I’m doing have one like this?” Ask this question when you think about your car, your briefcase or purse, the tools of your trade, your cell phone, the knick-knacks on the shelves of your office, the books you refer to in the course of your work, the toys you can’t leave at home, everything a prospect could possibly see. Just remember, successful people don’t always have the most expensive, only the best.

Scent Advertisers would have you believe that the way you smell has far more impact on the way others treat you than it does. That message serves their purposes well since they want to sell you as many products as they can. Yet, for all of the programming that they force upon the public, your scent does have some influence on your persuasiveness. The basic rule is the same as with everything else: if your scent is pleasurable you get points, and if your scent is uncomfortable to be around you lose points. But be warned, some of the so-called ‘deodorants’ being sold are far more offensive than the smell of a freshly washed body. You are safer to just be clean and wear a light cologne or perfume. Any scent can be offensive if it is too strong.

Posture What is one of the clearest differences between someone who is confident and the same person when depressed? When they are confident, their back is straight and they hold their head up high, yet when they are depressed they are slumped over with their face pointed down.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Persuasion Training

Page 137

Clearly, you will have a far easier time persuading someone if they think that you are confident in what you are doing than if they think that you are depressed. Depressed people are depressing to be around, and the central idea behind power persuasion is to make your prospect feel good about you and what you are offering to them. So stand tall, raise your chin, and show the world that you are proud to be who you are.

Environment Your ability to persuade your prospect will be greatly affected by the choice of location and the environmental factors of that location. For best results, the location should ‘fit’ with the context and nature of what you are asking your prospect to do. For example, if you’re persuading someone to trust your expertise, then it will be easier if the environment contains several indicators of that expertise, such as diplomas, awards, photos of you with other recognized experts, and so on. What you want to avoid is an environment that contradicts what you are suggesting to your prospect. For instance, I just ran across a website that claimed that the information being sold would be available for 1 day only, but had a link to recruit affiliates to sell it for commissions. Big contradiction there. The same website claimed that the information being offered was ‘black ops’ type stuff and the seller was breaking an agreement by even offering it. And then when price was mentioned, there was a ‘regular’ price crossed out and a reduced price offered. How often are government secrets offered at a reduced price? Another red flag. This guy can’t possibly persuade me that he’s above board and trustworthy. We will be covering several aspects of creating the ‘right’ environment for various persuasion effects later in the course. For now, realize that the environment in which you’re persuading someone must be compatible with the rest of the image you wish to create.

Seating Position If you and your prospect are sitting, where you sit also has an influence on the whole persuasion process. For example, let’s say that Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 138

Prosperity From the Inside Out

you are meeting someone at a restaurant to talk over some details of a proposal you are presenting. When possible, arrange to have them sitting on the side of the table such that they are pretty much facing a wall if possible. This way you will have their full attention, as they will not be so distracted by the other activity in the room. If you are sitting in a conference room, take the seat at the end of the table, which is usually considered the leader’s chair. The usual association with this position will be linked to you and thus you become more of a leader in their eyes. And if you are meeting in your own space, try to sit in a chair that will make you a little higher than your prospect. For some reason, people are more easily influenced when they have to look up at you, either physically or figuratively. Also, whether or not there is a desk or table between you and your prospect has an influence on how the meeting will go. If you are filling the role of the expert or leader, then you want to have the desk between you and your prospect. If you are filling the role of a salesperson or confidant, then you want to sit on the same side as your prospect. Teams sit together, adversaries sit apart.

Appearance Of Persuasive Media Much persuasion takes place through marketing media, such as in print, on TV, on the radio, or on websites. Even face-to-face persuasion usually has some type of supporting material to back it up. In either case, the appearance of your media is just as important as your own appearance in persuading your prospect. The general rule here is that, once again, your media should echo the overall message that you are communicating to your prospect. If you are selling an expensive item, your media should look expensive, from the layout design, to the copywriting, to the choice of materials used. If you’re selling an inexpensive option, your materials should look like you’ve saved money on their creation. The same applies even when you are not selling a product or service, but an idea. If you are telling your prospect that there have been numerous scientific studies that show the benefits of doing one thing as opposed to another, you’ll persuade easier if you can show a

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Persuasion Training

Page 139

supporting document that has very scientific looking charts and tables, and also presents a clear suggestion that matches what you are saying.

Eye Contact Training Every culture is slightly different in regards to how long eye contact should last; yet everyone is influence by the ‘connection’ made when our eyes meet. The general guidelines here are relatively simple. If your eye contact is too short and you’re looking at your prospect and then looking away too soon, you appear to be ‘shifty-eyed’ and the impression is that you have something to hide and are not to be trusted. On the other hand, if you stare at your prospect and “ burn a hole through their skull” with your gaze, you will appear to be a predator ready to attack, and this would make your prospect uncomfortable and looking for a way out. The best way to determine the ‘proper’ amount of eye contact is to watch your prospect. Some people are uncomfortable with anything over 3 seconds, while others are uncomfortable with anything less than 3 seconds. Practice in front of a mirror and grow more comfortable with longer periods of eye contact. Try to hold your own gaze for more than a minute with complete ease. This way, you will be able to match any prospect. How often you make eye contact is important too. If you only make eye contact at the beginning of the encounter and once or twice again after that, your prospect will feel that you are not interested in them and this would lose points for you. On the other end of the scale, if you make eye contact almost continuously, breaking away for only a couple of seconds between, your prospect may feel that they are “ under the microscope” and being judged. A middle ground found by watching your prospect is the best approach on this as well. In general, make eye contact about two-thirds of the total time you’re with your prospect, and all should be well. There is more to the use of eye contact than just the length of time and frequency you make contact. How your eyes are focused has an impact as well. Some authors have advocated that you focus your eyes as if you were looking at a distant point behind your prospect’s head. This gives a somewhat ethereal quality to your gaze, and could be effective if you are trying to persuade your prospect that you are Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 140

Prosperity From the Inside Out

receiving messages from the spirit world. It also gives you the appearance of being aloof and impersonal, which can be good for certain situations, but bad for others. For most persuasion situations, it’s much better to focus your eyes upon the eyes of your prospect. This will create a sense of connection between you and your prospect, and will establish a feeling of trust and intimacy that cannot be built any other way, especially if you are smiling and have a warm, deep voice making them feel so incredibly relaxed.

Voice Training In conversational hypnosis, your voice is your primary tool. It is possible to have no other connection to a prospect, and yet by speaking to them you can completely hypnotize them to the point where they will do anything you ask. It is well known that the most ‘hypnotic’ voice is one that is deep, rich, and resonant. There are several things you can do in order to deepen and improve your voice quality. In fact, there are whole books just on this one subject, but I will give you the most important information right here in this course. As you work with the exercises I give you here, you will find that your voice becomes deeper, more resonant, and incredibly persuasive each time you work on it.

Posture / Alignment Stretches In order to have an authoritative voice, you need to deliver your words with power and vitality. To do this, your lungs and diaphragm need to be in alignment and free to move as they were designed. By holding yourself upright with good posture, your body is able to project your voice with both power and vitality. If you’ve been in the habit of slouching, you will find that your energy increases dramatically after practicing good posture for a period of only a week. It may feel like more ‘work’ at first, but soon you find yourself realizing that you are able to get more done with less energy than you ever did before. A formal exercise for developing good posture is to stand next to a wall and try to get as much of your body to touch the wall as possible, Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Persuasion Training

Page 141

from the heels of your feet to the back of your head. Even try to get your lower back to touch, or at least get as close as you can. Hold the position for as long as you can, up to a few minutes. The more you repeat this exercise, the better your posture will be even when you’re not thinking about it. One exercise I do from time to time is to simply raise my hands above my head and stretch my body as if I’m reaching for the ceiling. This not only aligns the body, but it also flexes the muscles and improves circulation, which gives you more energy. Some people find that periodic visits to a chiropractor does wonders for their overall health in addition to general posture and so on. Keeping your spine in alignment is very important in all areas of health, which is why most parents tell their kids to “ sit up straight” . Now that you know that your ability to persuade other people depends on it, you just might find that it really was good advice.

Conditioning For A Deep, Resonate Voice The science of acoustics tells us that the tone of an instrument is dependent upon four things; the length, thickness, and tautness of the vibrating apparatus, and the size of the resonating chamber. That’s why a tuba produces a lower tone than a flute, or the thin strings on a guitar produce the higher pitches. In terms of vocal tone, the vibrating apparatus is the vocal cords and the resonating chamber is the mouth cavity. There’s not a lot that you can do about the length or thickness of your vocal cords. Just as your height is determined by factors outside of your control, so are the length and thickness of your vocal cords. The tautness of the vocal cords is somewhat in our control. Within your throat are muscles that will tighten or loosen the vocal cords. Professional singers learn to control this to a greater degree in order to extend the range of notes they can sing, from lower notes to higher notes. The lower the tone you wish to produce, the more relaxed your vocal cords need to be. Developing a greater degree of relaxation in your vocal cords can be accomplished through practice and an overall habit of relaxing in general. Spend a few minutes each day speaking in low, deep pitches to gain the control and skill that will magnify your persuasiveness. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 142

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Working with a tape recorder can be an excellent measure of your progress, as you can instantly compare the depth of your voice tone to previous attempts. Voice tone is also controlled by the size of the resonating chamber, which in this case is your mouth cavity. One thing to keep in mind is to let the tongue be as relaxed as possible and more towards the front of your mouth, just behind your teeth. Also, allow yourself to open your mouth wider as you speak. Too many people try to speak through a closed mouth, and that doesn’t work too well. And while we’re near the subject, you will find that your persuasiveness increases as you practice clean diction and pronounce your words with clarity and precision. Your words will carry more impact when they are clearly spoken.

Marking Out Embedded Commands Almost everyone has heard of subliminal messages. Words or images that are barely perceptible, lying outside of conscious awareness, but still picked up by the subconscious mind. It’s well known that the subconscious mind is able to perceive and act upon messages the conscious mind is not aware of. In conversational hypnosis, we use this phenomenon to deliver subliminal message to our prospect without their conscious awareness. When done right, your prospect has no idea that you are suggesting anything, yet they are like puppets on a string, with you at the controls. The details of how this is done are fully covered later on in the course, but the core mechanism is a slight alteration in the way the embedded commands are delivered. If you change the tone, volume, or direction of your voice slightly when speaking an embedded command, the subconscious mind of your prospect will notice the difference and process those words separately from the rest of the sentence, while your prospect’s conscious mind is completely oblivious. The effect is even more pronounced when you insert a slight pause both before and after the embedded command, but this is not necessary. The main thing to remember forever is that the difference must be slight, almost imperceptible, and unnoticeable to the conscious mind. This requires some practice to perfect, yet is very easily done. Try it Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Persuasion Training

Page 143

out now on the following sentences. Drop your voice tone slightly on the words in bold and notice the effect. “ You shouldn’t feel compelled to practice this, just remember it.” “ I’d really like to think that you respect and admire me.” “ I don’t know how much you’re going to enjoy this, but it could be a lot.” “ Fred seems to work on this all the time and he loves it.” “ It’s weird how some people will just fall in love. With me, it’s not like that. “ Have you ever wondered what makes a person feel totally committed to a subject, to the point where they become a master at it? “ I’m usually a fairly good judge of character, and I feel that you will tell me the truth about what’s going on here. As you practice with the above examples and come up with examples of your own that fit with your personal objectives, you may find yourself feeling like a conversational hypnotist already. When marking out embedded commands, remember that voice tone is only one method. You can also adjust the volume of your speech, making the embedded commands either louder or softer than the rest of the sentence. When protecting yourself from others using these techniques against you, you have to pay very close attention to notice if embedded commands are being used or not. Close listening is the only way to know for sure. Advanced students of conversational hypnosis will also work with changing the direction of their voice, moving their head to project the Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 144

Prosperity From the Inside Out

words either towards or away from the prospect. And special power persuaders even know of another way to alter their voice for added impact.

Ventriloquism Techniques Ventriloquists are masters of manipulating their voice. Not only do they attempt to make their voice sound like someone else (the dummy’s character voice, for instance), but they also ‘throw’ their voice so that it sounds like it’s coming from somewhere else entirely, such as from a distance. Early ventriloquists used this technique to persuade whole groups of people that spirits or other ‘divine’ entities were communicating with the living, and that the voices were coming out of nowhere. Part of this effect comes from allowing the words to be less clearly formed and somewhat lower in volume. If you think about how someone sounds when speaking from across the room, you’ll clearly understand why this is so. The illusion of distance is also created when you place greater tension on your voice. This tension makes your voice sound ‘flat’, which also happens to sound as it travels across a distance. Again, practicing with a tape recorder is an excellent means of developing this skill. Experiment by speaking into the recorder while tensing up your throat muscles in different ways and you’ll discover which ones produce the best results. If this interests you, I encourage you to take a proper course in ventriloquism to gain maximum proficiency. As power persuaders, we can use this effect of ‘distance’ as another means of marking out embedded commands. Not only does it create a subtle difference to mark out the words we want our prospect’s subconscious mind to process separate from the rest of the sentence, it also creates a slight feeling of disorientation within the prospect, which helps to strengthen the hypnotic effect and thus makes all of our persuasion even more effective. This is an advanced technique mostly due to the amount of skill required to successfully use the technique on a subliminal level, without the prospect becoming aware of it consciously.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Persuasion Training

Page 145

Another aspect of ventriloquism that we will borrow is the concept of sound replacement. When you’re trying to speak without moving your lips, there are certain sounds that cannot be used, and a good ventriloquist will replace those sounds with other sounds that are similar. For example, the letter ‘b’ cannot be spoken without moving your mouth, yet the similar sounding ‘d’ can usually be used in it’s place, especially in a fast-paced routine. In normal conversation, many people will slip and say one word when they really meant to say a different word. Psychologists call this a ‘Freudian Slip’. An example of this is when a man is at a wedding, entranced by the beautiful women in their sparkling dresses, and instead of saying “ best man” he slips and says “ breast man” . Most people don’t even notice, as they tend to hear what they expect to hear and not what is actually said. This technique is especially useful when you need to keep the conscious conversation on a subject completely different from what you want to slip into your prospect’s subconscious mind. For instance, if you wanted to seduce a co-worker, you may want to make sure to keep the conscious conversation PC (politically correct), yet plant subtle seeds moving your co-worker to feel more amorous towards you. To do this, you would talk about normal work-related topics; yet replace portions of words with similar-sounding simple words that are great embed, uh, great to embed into the conversation. (Notice how the ‘slip’ was used to insert the suggested phrase “ great in bed” ?) One of the most important aspects of using the ventriloquism techniques (as well as most other conversational hypnosis techniques) is to maintain absolute composure when delivering the altered words. If you look like you’re doing something out of the ordinary, your prospect will start paying more attention to figure out what it is. However, if you look like everything is proceeding along normal patterns, your prospect has no reason to believe otherwise, and your subliminal messages will get through into your prospect’s subconscious mind. The best way to find word replacements is to use a rhyming dictionary. Look up the ‘sound’ of the word you want to suggest, and then go shopping for a suitable word to use as a cover.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 146

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Gesture Training Many people move their hands when they speak to add impact to what they say. This makes the communication process more dynamic and interesting. In power persuasion, we also use gestures to draw our prospect into what we say, and to add special emphasis to selected portions of the message. Unlike most people, however, we carefully orchestrate our gestures to create maximum impact and introduce subliminal meaning. In many ways, this can be compared to the choreographed motions of an actor on stage, who strives to communicate what the character feels in addition to what the character actually says. As part of your training, you should go to your local library and check out some video recordings of famous speeches. Also record some of the infomercials which run on late-night TV. As you watch these, pay attention to how the speakers gesture and move about. Notice how you respond emotionally to the presentations. If you’re like most people, you’ll find that you respond more to those speakers who use larger gestures as they speak. This study of gestures can be extended to your time watching movies as well. You can study how each actor uses specific gestures to communicate different emotions and underlying messages. Grand, sweeping gestures have a tendency to create emotional involvement in your audience, even if your audience is only a single person. Dynamic speakers who use lots of gestures are able to carry their audience along on a roller coaster of experience. When you want to excite your prospect and get them involved in what you are saying, act like a kid excited about Christmas morning. There’s a general rule in speech-making, and it says that the further away the audience, the larger your gestures have to be in order to be noticed. This makes sense as you (and your gestures) appear smaller to the viewer when you are further away. When you are speaking to one person only a couple of feet away, your gestures will necessarily be smaller and less dramatic than when you are on stage and the closest member of the 20,000 person audience is over 30 feet away. When your audience is further away, the right amount of gesturing will feel like you’re overdoing it, although it may appear to your audience as minimal involvement. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Persuasion Training

Page 147

Obviously, not all gestures are intended for a large audience. In fact, some gestures should be very subtle, almost unnoticeable. For maximum impact, every gesture should echo the message being communicated by your words. If you speak about something that has a slow, easy, rhythm, then your gestures should be slow, easy, and rhythmic. If you’re talking about something that suddenly shows up, use gestures which seem to come from out of nowhere. Again, practicing in front of a mirror or a video camera will help a lot. See if you can communicate a message without words. When you can do that, you’ve mastered the art of gesturing. In conversational hypnosis, there are some special gestures we use in order to deliver subliminal messages. These gestures are only loosely connected to what we say and are intended for the prospect’s subconscious mind only. Developing your skill in using these gestures will amplify your persuasiveness beyond anything you can now imagine. For instance, there are times when we want to talk about “ a person” in general terms, yet link that fictional person with ourselves. Courses on seduction will use this one a lot. The trick here is to subtly point to yourself when you mention the fictional person. This is usually done by bringing your hand to your chest, curling your fingers inward towards your chest, tapping yourself with your hand, or even touching your watch or other jewelry. Sometimes you can accomplish the same thing by just moving your hand(s) back and forth without pointing your fingers anywhere. The motion itself becomes the pointing. Try it and you’ll see what I mean. In this example, as you read the words in front of a mirror, practice subtly pointing to yourself as you say the underlined words. (Underlined words in any example indicate that you should point to yourself subtly.) “ Have you ever met someone who instantly becomes someone special? You know how you go through life meeting so many people who are so easy to forget, but then you run across one very special person who makes you feel incredible, and these feelings are so wonderful that you just have to do whatever it takes to keep this person near you. It’s almost like fate.” Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 148

Prosperity From the Inside Out

To amplify the effect, you can gesture away from you (and towards the competition) when you say the words “ so many people” . This will send the subliminal message to your prospect that they will forget about everyone else except you. Although this example is usually used in seduction courses, it can also be used in any persuasion situation where you want your prospect to focus exclusively on you and forget about the competition. Another example of subliminal gesturing is to create links between gestures and concepts, such as desirable or undesirable. For instance, as you talk to your prospect about something they would readily accept as desirable, you can use a gesture of your right hand, such as an open palm face up. Then later, when you talk about something your prospect would readily accept as undesirable, you can use a similar gesture with your other hand. When you do this enough times, your prospect’s subconscious mind will remember that gestures from one hand mean desirable and gestures from the other hand mean undesirable. Now, when you talk about your competition use the gesture from the hand meaning ‘undesirable’ and your prospect will begin to lose any desire to go in their direction. Use the gesture which means ‘desirable’ when talking about what you want your prospect to do, and watch your prospect grow more agreeable to saying yes. Persuasion experts call this “ setting anchors” . It is very similar to the famous experiments by the Russian scientist, Ivan Petrovich Pavlov, in which he conditioned dogs to associate the ringing of a bell with food. Researchers have discovered that the conditioning process works quicker when there is a high level of emotion at the time the anchor is set. In fact, if there is a strong enough emotion, an anchor can be set with only a single experience. That’s why lovers who experience something special when a certain song is playing will feel a resurgence of emotion any time that song comes up, even though they may have heard the same song hundreds of times without any emotional associations. It’s also why a child frightened by a snake at an early age will still be afraid of snakes 30 years later.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Persuasion Training

Page 149

Body Language Training Knowing how to read body language almost gives you the ability to read another person’s mind. Whereas verbal communication is completely within our conscious control, the messages we communicate through body language are usually subconsciously controlled and many times reveal what a person may wish to hide. For this reason, when you read the body language of your prospect, you will know if they are being honest or not, whether they are comfortable with you and with your offer, and how much they are attracted to you or to what you are proposing. The science of body language is called ‘Kinesics’. I will only be able to give you the basic information here in this book, however, there is a wonderful resource on the full range of kinesics called “ How To Use Body Language” by Drs. Sharon and Glenn Livingston. It is from this ebook that I found most of my information on body language and I recommend it highly. You can get a copy of this $37 ebook from: www.SuperBodyLanguage.com/GetStarted.html. Power persuaders know how to read the body language of their prospect, and they also know how to control their own body language to deliver a complete, consistent message. No matter how nervous you may be in a situation, you can still communicate confidence and authority through your words and your body language. When you do this, your prospect responds to what they see and hear.

Confidence and Authority Let’s cover this area of kinesics first, since it is the easiest place to start. In order to communicate confidence and authority through body language, the place to start is your posture. Sitting or standing up straight, with your spine erect and your chin up communicates confidence more so than practically anything else. For an added effect, push your chest out forward (or just move your shoulders back) and you will appear to be ready for anything. A slight smile also indicates that you have no fear of the situation, and is therefore a good signal to use. A great visual image to think of is the classic ‘Superman’ pose, with feet slightly apart and hands at the hips.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 150

Prosperity From the Inside Out

A couple of other kinesics signals for confidence and authority are a steady gaze into the eyes of your prospect, and a hand position called ‘steepling’. Steepling is a way some people hold their hands with the fingertips of one hand meeting the fingertips of the other hand, with the palms separated. The fingers are usually pointed up, and the whole thing resembles a church steeple, thus the name. Try it now and you will see what I’m talking about. There are a variety of variations on the steepling gesture. Not all fingertips have to be used. Sometimes only the index fingers (pointer fingers) are used, with the rest of the fingers intertwined with the fingers of the other hand. The more fingers involved in the ‘steepling’, the more confidence and authority is communicated. One bit of information I learned from the Livingston book mentioned above is that when you walk into a room, the fewer movements you make, the more powerful you appear to those already in the room. As long as you’re standing tall and projecting an attitude of confidence, this works wonders. If you think about it, those in authority rarely walk into a room to actually do anything, they usually come in to verify that everything is being done as they asked.

Insecurity For a moment, let’s take a look at the opposite of confidence so you know what to avoid and what to look for in your prospect. When your prospect shows signs of insecurity, this is an excellent time to reinforce those aspects of your offer which give reassurance. If you fail to reassure your prospect when they feel insecure, you risk not getting agreement. Also, if you allow yourself to show signs of insecurity, you weaken your persuasiveness. Insecurity is usually communicated as nervousness, which manifests as fidgeting, rustling papers, fingering jewelry, wringing hands, biting a lip, holding the body rigid, holding the breath, backing away, or looking towards the door. Crossing arms or legs could also be a sign of insecurity, but this is something a lot of people are in the habit of doing, so it’s best to notice whether your prospect crosses their arms or legs even when relaxed. If they do, then it’s not a sign of nervousness, just a habit.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Persuasion Training

Page 151

Other kinesics signals of insecurity include standing or sitting in such as way as to include a barrier between you and them, especially if this is not the most convenient option. The barrier could be a table, a counter, a chair, a cart, or pretty much anything else. Women are more likely to sit across the table than men, even with people with whom they feel completely comfortable, so this is only a partial signal. Rapid blinking of the eyes could mean many things, but they all center around the fact that the blinker is uncomfortable in some way. This could mean they are nervous, but it could also be that they are extremely attracted to you, or that they are lying.

Dishonesty It’s always good to know what the truth is in any situation, and if you’re not sure if your prospect is being honest or not, you can look to their body language for verification. As we just mentioned, fast blinking eyes could be one indication, but it could also mean other things too, like dust just blew into their eyes, or the air is too dry. As with most kinesics signals, a single indication is not enough to prove anything. You have to take everything in context, and if you see several signals all pointing to the same meaning, THEN you can be fairly sure of your conclusion. For instance, the biting lip signal can mean nervousness or fear, but it can also mean that your prospect is holding something back, not telling you the whole story. Only by matching up several signals will you know for sure. One indication of lying you will find in many body language books is the act of placing a finger to the nose. While it may have been true that this meant someone was lying, I’ve never seen anyone use this gesture, and the information could very well be outdated. Also possibly outdated is the signal of covering the mouth when telling an untruth. Again, my experience has not verified this information. Signals I have been able to verify as indications of dishonesty are shortness of breath, dry mouth, shakiness of hands or other parts of the body, lack of eye contact, exaggerated movements or yawning (trying to hide nervousness), visible heartbeat (usually in the neck), rubbing the face, or running hands through the hair. These signals will usually be accompanied by signals of nervousness as well. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 152

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Attraction While running hands through the hair could be a signal of lying, it can also be a signal that your prospect is attracted to you. When one person is attracted to another, they usually engage in what is known as ‘preening’, or making adjustments to one’s appearance. A woman will usually preen herself by playing with her hair, checking her makeup in a mirror, or rearranging her clothing. A man will usually comb or pat his hair, fiddle with a tie, or straighten his clothing, such as pulling up his socks. As mentioned earlier, rapid eye blinking could be an indication that your prospect is attracted to you, depending on the other signals being displayed. The same is true about a prolonged gaze, which could be a signal of attraction or a signal for anger and a prelude to an attack. But then other signals will be different, and most people can tell the difference. I trust you won’t be confused by this one. Attraction is also demonstrated if your prospect turns to face you more directly, especially if they smile and display what is known as an ‘open posture’. An open posture is when neither arms nor legs are crossed. An open posture usually means the person is open to making a connection with you in some way. Leaning in towards the other person is also a signal of attraction, and an indication that a connection is sought. If the attraction becomes sexual, then both men and women will usually display other signals, such as a slight parting of the legs, thrusting the hips forward, touching each other more often, swaying the hips when they walk, and moving closer to each other. All of these signals are subtle in nature and rarely overt. If you want to persuade someone to become more attracted to you, then you can use these signals yourself to communicate your desires to your prospect. You can measure your success by how much your prospect echoes the same signals back to you. One kinesics signal of attraction that cannot be manipulated is an enlarging of the pupils. When we see someone or something we are attracted to, our pupils dilate and become larger. Although the size of our pupils is more dependent upon the amount of light in the environment (our pupils dilate to allow more light into the eyes), it also varies with our emotional state. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Persuasion Training

Page 153

Trance Another internal state demonstrated by an enlarging of the pupils is the trance state. In conversational hypnosis, your goal is to lead your prospect into a trance state sometimes called ‘downtime’. When your prospect is in downtime, they are more suggestible and easier to persuade. And by waiting for the signals that your prospect is in trance, you can ensure your suggestions will be more readily accepted and acted upon. A trance state will generally manifest as a very relaxed state of being. You can recognize when your prospect is relaxed when their breathing becomes slower, steadier, and deeper. Your prospect’s muscles will also become slack, especially in the face when they reach a state of trance. Their eyes may or may not close, although if they do, you can be pretty sure they are in a light trance state at least. This is the best time to deliver your hypnotic suggestions.

Mental Activity When your prospect is considering your offer, or at least thinking through what you’ve told them, they will display other signals that will tell you what’s going on inside. What you see in your prospect’s body language will tell you what you need to do in order to persuade them effectively. For instance, when you’re talking to your prospect, if their head is pointed straight up, you can be fairly sure they aren’t paying attention to you. Whenever someone is paying attention to what another person is saying, they will usually tilt their head to one side or the other. If you see your prospect’s head not tilted, ask a question or in some way get them involved in the conversation. Otherwise, you’ll be wasting your time. If you see your prospect put something into their mouth, such as a pen, pencil, the earpiece of their glasses, or so on, this is a signal that says “ Tell me more” . You can think of it as needing more “ food for thought” . Keep giving them more information about what you are suggesting and they will readily accept the information. On the other hand, if your prospect takes off their glasses and starts to clean them, or otherwise starts to fiddle with something, this Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 154

Prosperity From the Inside Out

is a signal that they have taken in all the information they can for the moment and they need some time to digest it. This is the appropriate time to lighten up the conversation with some kind of filler topic, or perhaps to allow for a moment of silence. When your prospect is ready for more information, they will ask for it. Someone deep in thought will sometimes go into the classic “ Thinker’s Pose” , with the hand coming up to stroke the chin or hold it with the fingers. However, if the chin goes into the palm, that’s a sign that they are bored. Another ‘deep in thought’ pose is leaning back with arms folded across the chest. This closed position is sometimes associated with ‘closing off’ from the environment, which also happens when engaged in deep thought. You’ll have to watch for other signals to know if it means that they are disconnecting from the conversation instead.

Disconnection The closed posture, with arms or legs crossed, will usually mean your prospect is mentally moving away from you and canceling the connection between you. Depending on other evident signals, it may mean they are simply deep in thought, as discussed above. If you see other signs that your prospect is disconnecting from you, this is the time to work on re-establishing rapport and recreating the connection before it’s too late. If your prospect starts to look away, such as towards the door or out the window, this could mean they are looking for a way out of the conversation. If they lean away from you, this adds to the message. And if they throw something down that they had been holding (or their glasses if they wear them), that’s a sure sign they want to break away from the conversation. Setting something down is another matter, as it could simply mean they want to devote more of their attention on what you are saying. However, it could also be a more subtle way of backing away from the conversation. If they simultaneously turn away from you in some way, you can take it as an indication you need to rebuild rapport and strengthen the connection between you. Go back to a topic of conversation which created the connection in the first place if you can.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Persuasion Training

Page 155

Perhaps you can re-approach the current topic from a different direction. If your prospect’s hand goes to their collar, they most likely feel under pressure, or “ hot under the collar” . This could be good or bad depending on your objectives in the situation. In any case, it means they are uncomfortable with something you said. That is, unless they’re wearing a new shirt which doesn’t fit very well. But if that’s the case, the hand will go to the collar even in pleasant conversation. A hand to the back of the neck is usually an indication of a “ pain in the neck” , which could be you, especially if you are persisting in a topic your prospect has indicated is unpleasant. If this happens, you probably haven’t set a strong enough foundation, and need to go back and work on it. The foundation is the feeling of rapport between you and your prospect, and also includes the motivating factors associated with your offer. However, the “ pain in the neck” could also be the problem your offer will solve for your prospect, and it could be that they are just thinking about that problem at the moment. You should ask a question to determine which meaning to give the gesture. If you see your prospect clench their jaw, know that they are experiencing some degree of anger. Again, this could be anger at the problem your offer will solve for your prospect, or it could be a response to how you’ve approached an issue. Experience and a few questions will tell you what is causing the anger.

Miscellaneous Just to make sure we’ve covered as much as possible, here are a few other kinesics signals and what they mean. One eyebrow raised can usually be interpreted as disbelief. Two eyebrows up are a reaction to surprise. Surprise can also be the cause of the forehead wrinkling upwards. If the forehead wrinkles down, it’s a sign of disappointment. Most of us know that a shoulder shrug means “ I don’t know” , but few of us fully realize that it also means “ I don’t care” . In men, a hand to the chest is a signal for honesty, yet in women the same gesture is a sign of shock.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 156

Prosperity From the Inside Out

And lastly, a sigh is usually a sign that your prospect has mentally given up in some way. In general, watch your prospect to find out what is normal and natural for them. If they deviate from their normal behavior, then take it as a sign that something has changed within their mind as well. The information I’ve given you here is considered normal for most people, although it may be slightly different for some people. Never take a single gesture to mean anything without the collaborating evidence of similar gestures. Use your newfound knowledge wisely as you peer behind your prospect’s mask.

Charisma – The Key To Instant Persuasion If you had no other means of persuasion, charisma would be enough. Charismatic people tend to get their way no matter what they’re doing. They can talk their way out of a traffic ticket, they can talk their way into any job they want, they can talk their way into the bed of any partner they set their sights upon, and they can motivate a crowd of people with their words and the sheer power of their personality. Highly charismatic people can even start their own cults and have followers who will do anything they ask. Yes, charismatic people have it made. As a power persuader, you’re about to learn that charisma is a skill anyone can learn and develop, like riding a bicycle or playing a guitar. Charisma has nothing to do with attractiveness. We’ve all seen some very attractive people who had little or no charisma. Nor does it have anything to do with physical size, since there have been just as many charismatic short people as there has been charismatic tall people. Charisma has nothing to do with any physical characteristic at all. Charisma is an attitude, a behavior pattern, and a mental focus. You can be as charismatic as you choose to be. All you have to do is master a few key skills and choose to project the right attitude, and you’ll have it made too, even without starting a cult.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Persuasion Training

Page 157

The Motivating Force of Charisma The core essence of charisma is emotional energy. The emotional energy you display in the presence of others will grab them and carry them along anywhere you want to take them. The reason why charismatic people are able to persuade others so easily is because the emotional energy does most of the work. When you’ve become a human dynamo, persuasion is almost effortless. The first response most people have to this is “ Oh no, I’m already using all the energy I can! How can I possibly use any more?” I’m going to tell you a secret here, and you won’t believe it the first time you hear it. In fact, you may even think I must be crazy to suggest any such thing. But the fact remains that anyone who has true charisma has already learned the truth of this secret. Actually, it’s not really a secret at all, since so many people proudly proclaim the truth in seminars, on tapes, and in books. But no-one is listening because no-one really believes it could be that simple. Emotional energy, if done right, not only has the power to sweep other people away with its force, but it also has the power to sweep us away with it as well. If you allow yourself to consider this notion, you’ll realize there have been times you’ve been so excited about an idea, or a project, or some other thing that you completely lost track of time, forgotten to eat a meal, and for some reason or another, you actually felt better than you usually do. Earlier, I told you the story about my time as a school portrait photographer. I mentioned that when I acted enthusiastic, like I was having a great time, the kids had a better time as well and getting good smiles was a lot easier. What I didn’t mention at the time was that after I started acting enthusiastic, it didn’t take long before I began to actually feel enthusiastic for real. It may have been an act to begin with, but within an hour, I really did feel like I was having a great time, and the rest of my day went by like a day at the carnival. And every day on that job, I had one great day after another. I’m sure you’ve heard the phrase “ fake it ‘til you make it” . There’s a similar phrase which says “ act enthusiastic and soon you’ll feel enthusiastic” . Psychologists discovered a long time ago that there

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 158

Prosperity From the Inside Out

is a direct link between how we feel and how we act. That’s where the science of body language, or kinesics, came from. The direct link works the other way too, and all truly successful people eventually discover this one way or another. Sometimes you just have to ‘push through’ the rough areas of town to get to Easy Street. Are you ready to follow me to the promised land of unlimited energy and matchless charisma? Have I persuaded you to give this idea a try? I’ll tell you what, try it out for a couple of weeks, and if you don’t find yourself having more fun than you’ve ever thought possible, you can give it up. Fair enough?

The 3 Pillars Of Charisma Together, the three pillars of charisma combine to form an unstoppable combination. Any one of these factors will increase your persuasiveness, but only when all three exist together at the same time will you be truly unstoppable. With the self-sustaining energy of charisma at your command, the world will be at your feet. Excitement is the first major pillar of charisma. Everyone loves to be excited. The rush of adrenaline flooding our bloodstreams when our emotions are stimulated is simply too powerful for most people to resist. When we are emotionally stimulated, we feel more alive than at any other time in our daily existence. It’s a natural high which makes us feel good in a way few other things can. Excitement is like a drug, and when you’re the dealer, you can practically name your price and your ‘addicts’ will do whatever it takes to get their next ‘fix’. Just make sure there isn’t a competing dealer around the corner sho can persuade them away from you and they’ll do anything you want them to do. Confidence is the second major pillar of charisma. When you display confidence in what you do, other people will use your level of confidence as a guide to determine whether to trust you or not. The more confident you are in yourself, the more your prospect will have confidence in you as well. As you now remember a time when you had to trust someone regarding something new to you, and you think about your own process of deciding whether to trust this person or not, you begin to Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Persuasion Training

Page 159

realize that you yourself do the same thing. If the other person seemed confident in themselves, you used their level of confidence as a measure of how much to trust them. Now you have a clear picture of how your prospects will respond to your own display of confidence. Sincerity is the third major pillar of charisma. We all trusted someones confidence only to find out later that we made a bad choice. We want to have added insurance we are making a good choice, and for that we look for other factors besides just confidence. We want to know the confidence is real and sincere. But how do you know if someone is sincere in what they say? For that, we pay attention to verify that everything they tell us logically fits together, and that all of the signals they send us are congruent with the core message. For instance, if the words say yes, but the body says no, there is a loss of sincerity. Or if the website proclaims a product will be available one day only, yet there is a page to recruit affiliates to sell that product, bye-bye sincerity. That’s why it is so vitally important to have all aspects of your message congruent with each other when you want to persuade someone. When your body language supports the words you speak, and the tone of your voice echoes the emotions contained within your message, and your gestures look like the concepts you talk about, your prospect sees and hears all of it, and uses the whole combination to measure your sincerity. The easiest way to project sincerity is to simply be sincere. Don’t try to pull the wool over someones eyes. Use your persuasiveness to help your prospect discover what’s good about your offer. Don’t use it to manipulate anyone.

Be Unique Another aspect of charisma is to be unique. If you’re doing the same thing in the same way as everyone else, what reason does anyone have to notice you more so than the others? Charismatic people stand out in people’s minds because they are unique. When you are unique, they remember who you are the next time you come around. And when they remember who you are, you’re half way to persuading them to go further along your pathway. One of the core motivating desires we covered earlier was the desire to connect with what, or who, is familiar. When we know the Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 160

Prosperity From the Inside Out

person we’re with, we feel safer and more agreeable to whatever happens. This is the primary reason that power persuaders want to be unique and stand out in their prospect’s mind. That way, we become familiar to our prospect, and the feeling of safety and comfort are already established before you even get started. It makes your job as a power persuader easier. Being unique has another advantage as well. You get noticed even from a distance. News reporters are constantly searching for people who are truly unique. It makes for good journalism and it sells media such as newspapers, magazines, and website traffic. By being unique in your field, you give reporters a gift they can use to build their business and they, in turn, help you out by providing you with free publicity. Even when your uniqueness is a purely personal style that wouldn’t make the papers, the gossips of the world love to talk about these things, and you’ll find your reputation proceeds you wherever you go. Just make sure your uniqueness is something positive that will make your potential prospects want to seek you out.

Focus On Positives How much fun do you have being around someone who focuses on the things wrong with the world? How much time do you feel like spending with someone who can only see the negative aspects of things? You may already understand that charismatic people focus on the positives of life. This isn’t to say they never acknowledge when things go wrong, they just don’t waste any time wallowing in self-pity because of it. They see where things could be better (the positive focus) and they instigate a process to improve the situation. As strange as it may seem, even the charismatic leaders of the infamous death cults had positive focuses. They were focused on making a better life for themselves and their followers. Why stick around in a world of depravity when you can kill yourself and move on to a better world? They didn’t just give up, they attempted to improve the situation! Personally, I’d rather work to improve the situation right here, thank you. Charismatic people are positive in another way too. We are absolutely positive about the facts and information we possess and Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Persuasion Training

Page 161

share with our prospects. We don’t say “ it might be… .” , but rather we say “ our best information indicates that… .” . Both phrases indicate an uncertainty in the information, but the second version is definite about the uncertainty. Focusing on the positives of a situation is just as easy as focusing on the negatives. It’s just a matter of redirecting the same energy. And the more you focus on the positives and are definite in your speech, the more you find your prospects follow you along your path.

Focus On Your Prospect Some charismatic people focus only on themselves, preferring to simply allow their followers to sit at their feet and worship them from afar. Yet the most charismatic among us will lift up our followers and allow them to share a corner of the heavens with us. When we do this, our followers become so much more devoted and they will do anything we ask, to the point of taking their own lives if we asked it. Of course, we don’t ask any such thing. If you’ve ever been to a rock concert, you’ll know the power a charismatic person has when they turn their attention to one of their followers. The lead singer may be worshiped by his fans, who are completely thrilled to be in his presence. Yet, as soon as he looks at one of them and winks, it’s all over — she’s down for the count, overwhelmed that he would notice her in the huge crowd. The same thing happens on a smaller level when an important business man asks a young lady out for a date. Or when a mail clerk is recognized by the boss and given an opportunity to prove himself in a position of authority. When a more important person recognizes and focuses upon a less important person (important in terms of position and responsibility), a bond forms instantly and endures virtually forever. There are two key things we can do to show our prospects we are focusing on them. The first of these is to remember and use often their name. Whenever we use our prospect’s name, they know beyond any doubt that we are, in fact, focusing on them. You don’t have to use their name in every sentence, just make sure you don’t go too long from one use of their name to the next. In writing, using your prospect’s name 3, 4, or even 5 times per page Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 162

Prosperity From the Inside Out

would not be excessive. In speaking, you can easily use your prospect’s name every 5 or 10 minutes. Besides using your prospect’s name often, asking questions is an excellent way to involve your prospect, and to direct the focus of the conversation onto them. And since you’re the one asking the questions, you retain control over the conversation, so if you decide to redirect the conversation to the offer you want your prospect to consider, you can easily ask a question that does just that. Asking questions serves several other purposes as well, such as discovering the secret buttons within your prospect that will motivate them to accept your offer. You can also lead your prospect to consider new possibilities, you can ask the same question several different ways to reveal underlying information your prospect may want to hide, and you can use questions to deliver subliminal messages.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Section 4: Money-Making Prosperity Keys In this section, you will discover: 1. A step by step plan to eliminate all your debts and turn them into wealth. 2. How to thrive in any economy, whether you work for yourself or someone else. 3. A quick personality assessment to determine your best pathway to prosperity 4. How to succeed in a business you know nothing about. 5. How to make money doing nothing. 6. The most valuable commodity you can have. 7. When to get out of a good business. 8. The power of leverage to multiple your money. 9. How to make more money by offering lower-priced goods. 10. How to maximize the value you create in your business. 11. How to guarantee success before you even begin. 12. When you should invest more to build your business. 13. How to instantly raise your prices without resistance. 14. How ANYONE can make BIG BUCKS on the Internet 15. How you can make money selling other people’s products. 16. How to produce a viral ebook that will make sales for you. 17. The core essence of Frank Kern’s $2000 marketing course. 18. A simple formula that determines the profitability of your business.

How to Turn Debt Into Wealth Here is a formula for quickly getting out of debt I’ve seen from a couple of different sources. It takes a little discipline to follow all the way to the end, but it’s well worthwhile. Just imagine not having to pay out all that interest every month! How much more could you afford to do if you didn’t have so many monthly payments?

Step 1: Stop purchasing on credit This is perhaps the most influential part of the process. If you can’t afford to live on what you earn, you’re spending too much! And the only thing you accomplish is to dig yourself into a hole that just gets deeper and deeper. If you want to get out of the hole, the first step is to stop digging.

Step 2: Make a monthly budget Make sure your budget allows for your living expenses such as food, utilities, gas for your car, and between 5% and 10% of your monthly earnings for entertainment. Anything left over after these should be applied towards debt payoff. What you want to do is arrange to have at least $150 per month that you can apply towards eliminating your debt beyond the minimum monthly payments. You may have to make some sacrifices to make it happen, but the freedom at the end of this will be phenomenal! Of course, the other way to make this happen is to start earning more money. Either way, find some extra money to pay off your debts with.

Step 3: Start with small debts Start making minimum monthly payments to all credit accounts except one. On this one account, make the largest payment you can. Do this each month until this one account is paid off. Here’s an example. Let’s say you have 2 credit cards with balances, a car payment, and a house payment. Start paying off one of the 2 credit cards first. By eliminating a smaller debt, you’ll soon have more money each month to apply toward the next larger debt.

How to Turn Debt Into Wealth

Page 165

To understand this further, let’s look at some numbers. Credit Card #1: Credit Card #2: Car Payment: House Payment: Total Minimums: Extra Payoff $$:

$100 / month minimum $250 / month minimum $250 / month minimum $800 / month minimum $1400 / month minimum $150 / month

From this, you can see that we’re going to be making $1550 per month payments until everything is paid off. The first credit card will get $250 a month payments until it is paid off.

Step 4: Move to larger debts Now that you have one debt paid off, add everything you were paying on the smaller debt to the next larger debt payment. For example, if you just paid off the first of 2 credit cards, you will now make minimum payments on both the house and the car, with the rest of your monthly debt payments (equal to the amount you have already been paying) being applied towards the second credit card. In this example, the second credit card will receive the original $250/month payment plus the $250/month that we were paying on the first card, for a total of $500/month until it is paid off. We’re still paying the full $1550 per month, and still making minimum payments on the larger debts, with the balance applied towards the smallest remaining debt.

Step 5: Repeat and continue Once the second debt is paid off, just move on to the next larger debt and pay that one off. In the above example, the car debt will start to receive $750/month until it is paid off, after which the house debt will get $1550 a month until it’s paid off. Most people can eliminate all of their debts in 5 to 7 years using this plan, and that includes their house! Imagine owning your house free and clear in 7 years or less!

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 166

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Step 6: Invest in assets Now that you have $1550 a month extra income you weren’t using for living expenses, redirect this cash flow into investments which will grow and pay you a passive income. Do this first before you start spending it on luxuries and whatnot. A couple of years of this and you will have a huge investment portfolio giving you a solid income you won’t have to work for! How much fun will you have receiving an income while you get to go play?

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Thriving in any economy Whether you have your own business or work as an employee for someone else, the same rule applies when seeking to succeed and thrive. It’s the primary essence of a free market society, and the foundation for everything that happens in the economy. The only problem comes up when people forget about this rule, and start to behave as if there are no rules regarding money. What is the rule I’m speaking of? Simply this: In any exchange of value, both sides must win. When you work for someone else, your employer must win in that they get quality work for a reasonable wage. The employee must win in that they get a reasonable wage for the work they do. When employers pay their employees poorly, or force them to work in unpleasant conditions, those employees have no loyalty and will change jobs at the first opportunity. And on the other side, when an employee performs their job poorly, the employer will gladly give the job to someone more eager to work. When you own a business, your customers must win in that they get good value for their money. And you must also win in that you earn a fair profit for the products and services you offer. As a business owner, I find that I have to continually evaluate the marketplace and adapt as things change. Ten years ago, it was relatively easy to sell $97 ebooks because they were new and different. As more and more people came out with lower-priced ebooks on a wide variety of topics, it became necessary to adjust prices to a level our customers were used to seeing. These days, you have to offer a LOT of value before you can sell an ebook for $97. This isn’t a result of any so-called recession, but is a function of basic “ supply and demand” economics. We saw the same thing happen with VCRs when they came out priced at $1000 and can now be purchased for $20. We’ll see the same thing happen with HDMI cables for the entertainment systems, especially since these are little more than USB cables, which are a dime a dozen. Times change, but the basic principles of success do not. To be more successful, you need to present a better offer. It’s that simple.

Page 168

Prosperity From the Inside Out

How do you present a better offer as an employee? As an employee, you bring your talents, your skills, and your knowledge into the deal. The more you have of these, the more you are worth to your employer. Reading the latest research in your profession is one way to increase your knowledge and value. Taking classes can help with both knowledge and skill training. Don’t sit back and wait for your employer to pay for your training. Did they pay for your education before you got the job? No. That is your investment in yourself, and your responsibility. If your employer wants to make an investment in you, that’s great, but if you wait for it to happen, they may hire someone else who took the initiative and did it themselves. Talent is something that comes from inherent aptitude, training, and practice. The more you work at improving what you do, the better you get at it. While there won’t always be time to go the extra mile in serving your employers, doing so when possible will help you develop your inherent talents. Doing tasks outside of your job description can be an excellent way to further increase your value to your employer. Loyalty is also something of value you can offer your employer. Being such a rare thing in these days, it is that much more valuable to those employers who recognize it.

Attracting better employees When you’re the employer, it’s up to you to create an environment in which good employees want to work. This goes beyond the basics, such as salaries, benefits, and a clean working space. It’s also about respect, loyalty, helping them grow as individuals as well as employees, and rewarding them when they go beyond the expected routine. Different people will respond to different incentives. As a manager of human resources, it’s important to recognize what motivates your people and to find a way to offer them what they want most when they give you what you want. Setting up programs where you reward employees for good ideas that can either save your Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Thriving in any economy

Page 169

company money or make more money is one excellent way to ensure your employees are motivated to help the business succeed. Rewards can be extra money in a paycheck, extra days off, a more prestigious title, an office with a window, or on-site facilities for working off some nervous energy. Sometimes, a minor investment in a reward program will motivate your employees unlike any amount of psychological pressure will ever do. Only after you have a valid reward program should you even consider the idea of punitive treatment for poor performance.

Attracting more customers Succeeding in business is a matter of 3 things, as taught in basic business courses. 1. Get more customers 2. Get your customers to spend more money 3. Get your customers to spend money more often Getting more customers is usually the hardest of the 3, since it is generally agreed that it costs 5 times as much to get a new customer as it does to get a sale from a previous customer. However, difficult or not, it’s imperative to bring in new customers from time to time if your business is to succeed. The thing to remember is that your customers have choices. Lots of choices. They can choose to do business with you or your competitors, They can also choose (in most cases) to not do business with anyone in your field and spend their money elsewhere. Part of your job as a business person is to educate the public about why they should want to spend their money in your market. As an example, let’s say you own a movie theater. Your customers are those who enjoy watching movies, correct? They can choose to go to your theater, one of your competitor’s theaters, or they may choose to rent a movie and watch it at home, and these days they can even choose to watch movies online. Not only that, but they can also choose to entertain themselves with other activities that don’t even involve movies.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 170

Prosperity From the Inside Out

In this case, you need to help people see that watching movies is a great way to entertain themselves, no matter where they choose to watch them. After that, then you need to help people see the advantages of watching movies at a theater (any theater) over watching the same movie at home or on the computer. And finally, you need to educate your customers about the advantages your theater has over other theaters in your market. Many times, this is all done subtly, within the context of general advertising. However, publishing a special report could be another way to go with this, especially if you can present yourself as an expert worth listening to. Okay, now that we’ve covered the basics of attracting new customers, we need to address how we are to create a better offer than our competitors. Obviously, cutting prices is one way to do this, but it isn’t always the best way. Adding something extra to the package is oftentimes much more effective, especially if you can offer something that has a high perceived value without costing you a lot of money. Do you remember when banks would offer free gifts for opening an account. It used to be a joke that they would give out toasters for every new account opened. However, this can be an excellent strategy if done right. The ‘trick’ is to offer something that your customers see as valuable. Giving a t-shirt for making an appointment may not be as effective as giving a pocket calendar with the date and time already marked. Giving a toaster for opening an account may not be as good as a book on investments. Actually, books can be great additions to a package, especially since many publishers give significant discounts for bulk purchases. Just make sure the book you select is one your customers would select and buy on their own. (And yes, I offer quantity discounts on my book, Choose To Believe.) Let’s go back to the theater example. You probably wouldn’t offer a book for customers buying a set of 10 tickets, unless that book has something to do with the movie industry. At one time, some theaters would distinguish themselves by offering air conditioned facilities, which was generally not standard at the time. These day, movie-goers expect these things, so you have to offer something else. Maybe Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Thriving in any economy

Page 171

autographed photos of a popular movie star? How about a display of a famous movie prop featured in your theater? These don’t have to cost much, but can enhance your customer’s experience, and thus the value you offer them. I hope this little chapter has given you some ideas about what you can do to survive and thrive no matter what the economy may be doing. It’s all about the value you offer to those involved in your financial well-being. The more value you offer, the more you can reasonable expect to get in return. Of course, as you learned earlier, the more persuasive you are, the more you can communicate the value you already have.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Discover Your Personal Path to Prosperity “ There are a million ways to make a million dollars. Pick one that works for you.” After looking at all the various ways people make large sums of money, I coined the phrase above, but it was only after meeting a man who was getting rich doing janitorial work that I truly believed it. Over the years, I’ve studied just about every way there is to making big money. Real estate investing, mail order, inventing, craft shows, sales, self-publishing, photography, gambling, marketing, and public performances were among the top of the heap. I’ve seen people getting rich from doing nothing more than playing games (sports, cards, quiz shows) or having sex (porn industry). I’ve even read where some people get paid to take vacations! How’s that for a way to make money? Truly, you can make money doing practically anything. Even feeding the homeless and operating a charitable organization can be a way to create massive prosperity for yourself. If there’s a need or want in the world, there’s a way to get paid to fulfill that need or want. So in discovering your personal path to prosperity, realize that there are no limits whatsoever to your choices!

Quick Personality Assessment Before we jump into choosing a vehicle for generating prosperity, let’s take a quick look at what you bring to the table. Not everyone is cut out to be an entrepreneur, nor is everyone suited to the lifestyle of the investor. Some people really are better suited to being an employee than a business owner. Here are 5 personality scales you want to use to evaluate yourself. 1. Risk vs. Security – How comfortable are you in taking risks? Do you live life on the edge, never knowing exactly what’s

Discover Your Personal Path to Prosperity

2.

3.

4. 5.

Page 173

going to happen next, or do you prefer to know ahead of time what’s coming up ahead? People-person vs. Loner – Do you prefer to be around other people, or would you feel better if everyone would just leave you alone? You can be prosperous in either of these categories, so don’t worry about one being better than the other. Leader vs. Follower – Are you comfortable letting other people take the lead, or do you feel that you can do a better job of leading than they can? Do you often strike out on your own to do your own thing, or would we find you joining a preexisting group? Again, you can be prosperous in either of these categories. Delegation vs. Hands-on – Is your motto “ If you want something done right, you have to do it yourself” , or would you rather let other people do the work while you supervise? Physical vs. Mental – Do you feel better when you’re moving around, or do you think your true value lies within?

Whenever you evaluate your career choices, keep these factors in mind. They will lead you to a career where you will be happiest. You may also want to consider the 6 personality scales we covered earlier to give you a deeper understanding of yourself.

Personal Interests Now that you have a better handle on your personality traits, let’s move on to how your interests can be used to create greater prosperity. For most of my life, I didn’t know what kind of career I should pursue or if I would be better off on my own. Along the way, I found some questions which really helped nail down the important issues. I’m sure you’ve heard the question, “ What would you do if you already had all the money you’d ever need?” I ran across it many times, but every time I saw it, my mind responded that I would quit my job, buy a bunch of things, and go on an extended vacation. I had an interest in photography, so part of my vision was that I would take lots of pictures while vacationing. I couldn’t see anything in my vision which I could turn into a profitable income. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 174

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Another common statement that helps find your pathway to riches is, “ Find a need and fill it.” This means you are to look around you and use what you see in the world to decide what people are ready to pay money for. If people are already spending money, why not put yourself into that financial stream? Eventually, I decided that since photography was something other people were able to make money with, and it was something I had an interest in, that I would use it as a means to create an income. I’ve already told much of the story about how I was able to create a prosperous business in photography, so I’m not going to repeat it here. Suffice it to say that although I was making money, I still wasn’t as happy as I thought I should be. The next question I ran into gave me substantial pause.

“ What does the world need most?” The logic here is that you make more money when you fill a bigger need. Doctors fill a very big need, so we pay them a lot of money. The corner hotdog vendor fills a smaller need, so we pay him a smaller sum of money. A teacher fills a big need for a small group of students, so she makes a certain amount of money. A sports hero fills a smaller need for a much larger group of fans. His income reflects the size of the combined need he fills. This is neither good nor bad — just the way the world works. When I asked myself what did the world need most, I had to consider it carefully. From my perspective, I saw a huge need for people to have faith and a desire for excellence. Too many people in the world are looking for a handout when they have everything they require to get anything they want. But what I see as the world’s greatest need is not necessarily what the world really needs the most, just what I saw. Here’s a secret. You’ll see a need that you have unique talents to fill. If you didn’t have what it takes, you wouldn’t see the need. If you see the need, you have what it takes. And the last question that really makes it all take off, “ How can you earn a passive income in your chosen field of interest?” A passive income is money that comes to you whether you do anything Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Discover Your Personal Path to Prosperity

Page 175

for it or not. Investors earn a passive income from their investments, since they don’t have to do anything after the money is invested. Business owners earn a passive income if they have other people running the business. Authors and musicians earn a passive income from royalties and licensing rights. Internet businesses earn passive income in many cases. When I built my first website, I knew nothing about the business. I spent a lot of time and money learning and experimenting with different ideas to find out what worked and what didn’t. Once I had it working, I was able to leave the site alone, and it continues to earn money for me although I do next to nothing with it. Each website I’ve built since then has been a lot easier. An hour or so to set up the website itself, a few days to write the sales pages, and a few more days to produce the associated marketing materials. From there, it’s just a matter of posting articles and ads to get my message in front of new people, and anyone can do this — I don’t have to be involved. The longer I’m in the business, the more ways I find to make money without being personally involved. Consider this. How involved is Ray Crock in the operations of your local McDonald’s? Ray Crock is the man who organized the famous fast-food operation, and he got rich off the labor of millions. Does the name Andrew Carnegie mean anything to you? I hope so, since he was the richest man in the world at one time, and the founder of a huge steel empire. Here’s something I bet you didn’t know. Carnegie knew nothing about steel or the business required to manufacture it! And if a poor immigrant in an unfamiliar land could become a billionaire with a business he had no knowledge about, so can you! However, not everyone has the personality to start and run their own business. Some people simply prefer to go in, do a job, and earn a paycheck. There’s nothing wrong with this. If this describes you, then your personal pathway to prosperity will be to become the best at whatever you do, and let different businesses bid against each other, and pay you the highest income possible. Even as an employee, you can still set up little money-making gems to bring in extra cash on a regular basis. While there’s no need to set up a full business to do so, you’ll use many of the same ideas. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 176

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Organizing a Business There are so many ways to make money; it’s really exciting to look at all the possibilities. Sometimes, all you need to do is to organize the work of other people, just like Andrew Carnegie did. Let’s say I want to create a business, and the biggest need I see in the world around me is for a first-rate dental service. But I know nothing about dentistry. I’m not a dentist, and have no real interest in going to school to become one. That doesn’t matter, since I can always find people who can do the things I can’t. (That’s one of the key secrets of rich people. Teams of people are more profitable than any 1-man operation.) My next possible objection could be that I don’t know anything about running a business. No problem. I can find someone to do this too. In fact, I can find all the people I need to plan, build, and operate whatever business I care to organize. And if I don’t know what kinds of people I need, I just find someone who does know! The same thing is true about the money needed to put this operation into action. Someone has the money to invest, and they will give away a percentage of the profits with the smart individual who can organize the venture. I hope you’re not wondering why these people wouldn’t just organize the needed dentistry office without you, or are you? Get this one thing in your head right now — most people don’t have a clue about how to create true prosperity in their lives. And most people are so risk-adverse, they are afraid to take action even when they know it is based on a great idea. The greatest rewards come to the person who can see the possibilities others can’t.

Helpful Hints There is an incredible amount of information you could learn about how to make money, and the more you educate yourself, the more you’ll find that those who made the most money had certain philosophies which led them along their chosen pathways. I’d like to share with you some of the key points that will help you create the greatest prosperity.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Discover Your Personal Path to Prosperity

Page 177

Foundations first Never try to jump in a make a quick buck. Plan for the future, and build the foundation upon which you will build your empire. Learn the skills you’ll need to influence people and to perform the tasks you assign to yourself. The stronger your foundation, the greater your potential prosperity.

Be prepared for opportunity Related to the first hint. Don’t let opportunity take you by surprise. Scout out the possibilities in advance, and prepare yourself for when they arrive.

Start with a market, then provide for that market This goes back to the “ Find a need and fill it” concept. The worst thing you can do is to create a product and then go looking for a market to sell it to. Make sure there are people who want what you have before you go through all the efforts to create it.

Prepare for the long haul Almost no-one succeeds the first time out. Babies fall many times before they learn how to walk. Learning to talk or ride a bike follows the same story. So does learning how to create portraits, persuading others, or starting a business. You may have to try it several times before you get it right.

The only failure is the failure to try Whenever we are learning something new, we’re going to make mistakes. Those mistakes may be simple ones that are easy to fix, or they may be major ones that take longer to overcome. But as long as you learn something from each mistake and move forward with the new knowledge, the mistake can never be called a failure.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 178

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Obstacles are only a signal to redirect your efforts Too many people run into obstacles and quit. Just because I couldn’t make money taking scenic pictures didn’t mean I couldn’t make money as a photographer. I just had to redirect my efforts to another aspect of photography which was more suited to my talents. And just because I couldn’t sell Rainbow vacuum cleaners didn’t mean I couldn’t sell. I just had to redirect my efforts and sell something I had a greater passion for.

Information is the most valuable commodity An investor who looks at a page of possible stock choices without any information on the companies listed will not likely be prosperous. A wise investor will find out what he can about the businesses before investing in them. Same with a marketer wanting to sell a product to the world. Find out what the market wants first. In any situation, there’s information that will give you the advantage. Get that information ahead of time!

Work past your mistakes quickly No matter how much information we have, there’s still the possibility that the decision we make could turn out to be wrong. Once we have whatever information is available, we need to make decisions quickly so we can find out what the results will be. Once we know the results, we are free to make a new decision — with greater insight into the situation.

Position does not equal intelligence Some of the information we gather comes from experts in the field. Remember this: experts in the field of weather forecasting are responsible for the forecasts made for your local weather. How accurate are they? Never assume that the information from an expert is the absolute truth. It’s only the best information they have. They could easily be wrong.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Discover Your Personal Path to Prosperity

Page 179

Excellence is the seed of success Who would you rather have paint your house — any kid off the street, or a professional who knows how to make your house look good? Which surgeon would you rather have operate on your grandmother — a general surgeon, or one who specializes in the type of operation she needs? Would you rather listen to a group of musicians who have practiced hours and hours until they have perfected their music, or a group who threw together a set list just to get the job? You can earn more money when you’re the best around, and the better you are, the more prosperous you can be.

Quality costs less There’s a very good reason why rich people buy BMW’s, Rolls Royce’s, or Mercedes’. They operate well and last a long time. Always look for quality, and you will save money in the end. Just remember that the best is not always the most expensive. Sometimes the lower cost option has a higher quality. The same holds true when you’re an employer hiring an employee. Even though the job applicant with the best skills may cost you more in terms of salary, they will earn you more in terms of customer satisfaction. Go with quality and you’ll be more prosperous too.

Look at the long-term payoff Closely related to the last couple of points. Although you may save a little money by doing something cheaply now, take a look at what may happen over time. This is also important when choosing activities. It may be fun to spend all your free time with friends, but would you be better off in the long-term if you spent some of that time preparing yourself for greater opportunities?

You are responsible for your own future Even if you’re employed by someone else, your future is in your hands alone. The company you work for is only your environment, it’s not going to look out for your best interests, only it’s own. Also, no

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 180

Prosperity From the Inside Out

matter how your parents raised you, once you are an adult, the responsibility for what you become is in your hands, not theirs.

Opportunities often look like problems If everyone was able to identify opportunities, there wouldn’t be many left, would there? Sometimes what looks to be a big problem is actually a great opportunity. Look for it, and profit from it.

Persistence pays off When Walt Disney wanted to open his first amusement park, over 300 banks refused to extend the credit needed to get it opened. Walt knew the idea was good, and persisted until he found the bank willing to back him up. If you know your idea is good, keep going until you make it happen.

Popularity waters down opportunities Real estate used to be a fabulous investment. That is, until everyone and their brother started investing in it. Now you’re lucky to find the big deals. Lakes that are easily found rarely have the best fishing. For really great fishing, you have to find the lakes no-one knows about. Promoting a killer product online is great unless a thousand other websites are promoting the same product. Be unique, and be very prosperous. Sometimes you only need to be unique in a key aspect of your business. For instance, there are a ton of places where you can have the oil in your car changed. But when you want to get in and get out quickly, look for a Jiffy Lube, home of the 10-minute oil change. You can also get your car insured by a lot of different insurance companies, but if you want an agent who’s friendly, you go to State Farm because “ like a good neighbor, State Farm is there.”

The power of leverage No matter how capable you are, there’s only so much you can do. If you want to accomplish more, you have to enlist the cooperation of other people. And when your team is working together, you can Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Discover Your Personal Path to Prosperity

Page 181

accomplish far more than working separately. This is the wisdom taught to us by Henry Ford and the creation of the assembly line. Systems are an important part of leverage. Without a system, you have to figure out what to do next each step of the way. But with a system you don’t have to think, you just do it. Systems help you to be more efficient. Systems also help keep everything organized. When I work in the darkroom, sometimes I have to make multiple prints on one sheet of paper. With a system, I know that the first print is on the left side of the paper, and the second print is on the right. Without a system, I could easily forget which side of the paper I used for the first print and end up using the same side of the paper for both prints, which would require that I start over again. Financial leverage is usually called OPM (Other People’s Money). When you purchase a piece of real estate, you rarely pay the full cost of the property. Most of the time you borrow a large percentage of the purchase price. With this form of leverage, you take possession of an asset without paying the full amount. Here’s a quick example to show just how important this concept is. Let’s say that you have $100,000 to invest. You see an opportunity in the stock market. Your informational sources say that a particular stock is about to double in value. At $50 per share, you could afford to buy 2,000 shares of that stock. And when it doubles, you will have earned a $100,000 profit. But instead of limiting yourself, you decide to use the power of leverage and you borrow $1,000,000 to purchase another 20,000 shares. After the stock doubles, you have $2.2 million. And after you pay back the $1,000,000 loan with interest, you end up with more than $1 million in profit! Ten times what you would have made using only your own money. The other important form of leverage is OPT, or Other People’s Time. Instead of working on a project yourself 40 hours a week, why not hire 10 other people and get 10 times as much done? Even when you have to teach everyone what to do, you still end up getting more done in a shorter period of time. John Paul Getty used to say “ I’d rather have 1% of the effort of 1000 men than to have 100% of my own efforts.” Continue your prosperity education by studying this concept of leverage fully. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 182

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Mass markets Just as leverage helps you do more with less effort, selling to a mass-market helps you earn more from your efforts. Here’s the best way I know to explain why this works. Pretend that you are a painter. You spend weeks working on a masterpiece. Now, in order to be justly compensated for your time, you need to collect at least $2000 for it. Since it is a one-of-a-kind, you could get that much if you’re good and reasonable well known. But let’s say that you’re smart enough to go after a mass-market. You take your masterpiece and have a lithograph created from it and make 100,000 copies. You only need to make a profit of 2 cents from each copy to get your $2000, which is easily done. In fact, if you can make a nickel profit from each copy, you just made a huge profit! It’s always easier to sell 1000 copies of something at a low price than to sell 1 copy at 1000 times the price. And when you can expect to sell a large number of copies, you can afford to create the best product you can.

Passive income How many jobs can you hold if each job takes 10 hours a week? And if each job pays you $200 a week, how much can you earn? Now imagine that you can set up a source of income that doesn’t take any time to maintain. How many of those can you handle in a week? And how much could you earn from that? When I work as a photographer, I charge $100 per hour for my time. Even if I could keep busy 40 hours a week, that’s only $4,000 a week income. With my online business, I make an average amount from each website I own. For the sake of an example, let’s say that I only make $300 a month from each website. Since there’s no limit to the number of websites that I can operate, if I set up 100 websites, I would then make $30,000 per month, which is about twice as much as I could make as a photographer. And if I set up 200 websites, my income doubles with no increase in the amount of effort required to maintain it. (In actual fact, I make more than that from each website I operate.)

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Discover Your Personal Path to Prosperity

Page 183

Multi-level marketing principles In any multi-level marketing business, you learn that the key to earning a ton of money is recruiting others into the business. This is because of a combination of factors we’ve already covered – leverage, mass-market, and passive income. While it is true that you can earn money by selling a product, you make much more money from the smaller commissions you earn from everyone in your ‘downline’. The principle to keep in mind here is that you can get rich if you can collect a small amount from each member of a large group. Remember when I said that I met a man who was getting rich doing janitorial work? This is the principle he was using. He contracted the jobs and hired other people to actually do the work. Since he didn’t have to do any of the work himself, there was no limit to the number of contracts he could take. And since he made a profit off of every worker, he made more money than you could imagine!

Profit margins make or break your product A profit margin is the difference between what a product sells for and all of the expenses involved in selling it. At this point in time, computers are sold for very low profit margins. It costs almost as much to make and sell them as what the customers actually pay for them. E-books found online have really great profit margins. The only costs are the time to write them and the costs of ads in ezines and PPC search engines. Since there is no cost in production (a digital copy costs nothing to produce) or delivery, most of the price of an ebook goes right into the profit margin! Whenever you are dealing with a product with a high profit margin, you can afford to make a lot of mistakes and still come out ahead. If your profit margin is next to nothing, be very careful or you’ll go broke.

Redefining values Many times, the value of an item is directly related to how it is perceived. This was demonstrated one time by showing the audience an old violin. The strings were broken, the instrument was scratched and dented. It really looked bad. The general impression was that this Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 184

Prosperity From the Inside Out

particular instrument could only be worth $50 or less. That is until someone read the inscription inside and found out it was a Stradivarius. Now it was worth thousands! Another example comes from real estate. An apartment building with 10 units may be worth around $500,000. But if the building is converted to condos (mostly just a reclassification on paper), it could then be worth almost twice that much. This is why many real estate investors will buy an apartment building and convert it to condominiums. They can double their money with very little work. When hypnotists want to advertise their services, they rarely advertise a sales presentation. If they did, no-one would show up. But they reclassify what they are doing and call it an introductory seminar. Now a bunch of people show up, and are sometimes willing to pay to get in! Same thing, just a different perception, and creates a lot more prosperity for the hypnotist. How can you redefine yourself or the thing you are offering the world? What would people be more willing to pay for?

Prosperity comes from within I’ve saved this one for last because it is the most important. No matter what happens, your prosperity can never be taken away from you. I’ve hit bad times, and in fact at one point in my life I was homeless with nothing of value in this world. I had no home, no car, no job, no money, no credit, no friends, no family (near enough to matter, that is), no possessions, and no skills I could sell. I used to get angry every time I read a rags-to-riches story because the author would claim he started with nothing, only $5000 in the bank. Yeah, right! How I wished to have that $5000 in my bank account! Even though I had absolutely nothing at that time, I had what mattered most. The desire to achieve something and the drive and willingness to do what it took to get there. I’ve read a few times in different places that Henry Ford was asked what he would do if he suddenly lost everything. His answer was that he would find some other basic need of humanity, and he would provide a solution for that need as cheaply and as economically as he could and he would again be a multi-millionaire within 5 years.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Discover Your Personal Path to Prosperity

Page 185

I have to agree with his logic. Now that I’ve learned the key secrets to true prosperity, I know beyond any shadow of a doubt that if I had to, I could rebuild everything I have now in a fraction of the time it took me the first time. And now I have past on my accumulated wisdom to you. You can achieve lofty heights of prosperity with what you’ve learned in this book. You now have the tools to change your mindset to attract prosperity in all forms. And you now have a direction to follow to gain even more wisdom. Go get ‘em, tiger!

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

A Never-Fail Business Opportunity Everywhere you look online, someone is touting a new, fully tested, impossible-to-fail method of making more money than you’ve ever dreamed possible. And if you’re the type to fall for the flash and sizzle of the marketing claims, you’ve tried enough of them to know that it ain’t always what it’s cracked up to be. Actually, I get a chuckle out of many of the get-rich-quick schemes that flood my email inbox on a daily basis. Even though some of these proposals do seem to have some validity, I know enough about the true secrets of prosperity to know when a proposal is a genuine business opportunity, and when it’s just a baited lure on the end of a fishing line.

I learned this from personal experience. When I was still in high-school, my dad helped me get into a business that sounded great. In only a matter of months, we would be earning well over $5000 per month, and after a year, we’d be earning over $20,000 per month. The company we talked to gave us newspaper clippings and industry reports to show the demand for what we would be producing. They gave us pages of numbers showing us just how easy our product would multiply and grow in value. They gave us so much information that we just KNEW that we could succeed in the business of earthworm farming. Right now, I’m imagining that most people who read this will be rolling on the floor with laughter. I understand completely. Even now, thinking about that time, I can’t believe we were so foolish to think that we could make that much money with worms. My dad and I spent over a year building special boxes in which to keep the earthworms. We watered the soil every day and sprinkled corn meal and alfalfa over it before we broke up the soil to give those little guys room to move around. But after a year, we built a contraption to separate the worms from the dirt, and hand delivered our first year’s crop of worms to the

A Never-Fail Business Opportunity

Page 187

company we bought the starter package from. I don’t remember how much we got from that transaction, but I can say with absolute certainty that it was less than $1000.

Where did we go wrong in that venture? First of all, we never investigated further to see if the information given to us was valid. The company which sold us that starter package could have been telling us lie after lie just to get our money. Those pages of numbers could have been completely made up for all we really knew. And the newspaper clippings? I now know there are companies which offer printing on newspaper stock for a small fee. Another mistake we made was not checking with other ‘earthworm farmers’ about their experience. If we had talked to others who had pursued the earthworm farming opportunity, we would have learned that the money wasn’t going to be rolling in as we thought. In short, our main mistake was not having enough information to make an informed decision. Had we spent a few days (or even a few hours) checking into the claims made, we would have known it was a waste of time and we’d be better off in another business. Before you jump into another business opportunity, make sure you have enough information to know you’re not biting a flashy lure.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

How ANYONE Can Make BIG BUCKS On The Internet Over the past few weeks, I’ve been working to record everything I’ve learned during the 6+ years I’ve run my online business so others may prosper by doing something similar. In the process, I’ve clarified some things for myself and realized that ANYONE can make money regardless if they are an expert in a subject or not. So this blog post will focus on how someone could start an online business and start earning money as a non-expert. What’s really surprising is that setting this up can be relatively quick and easy, and depending on the subject matter, can even be highly profitable.

Step 1: Define your business type The first step in any business is to define the type of business you want to run. To simplify this, I will assume that you want to run an information-based business on the Internet. There are many reasons to choose such a business, such as time-freedom, low start-up costs, and sheer profitability. As an example of how profitable this business can be, I just picked up a collection of 50 products for just $17 that I can resell to others. I got that price because I was already on the right mailing list and responded as soon as I got the announcement. As another example, I have a membership to a resale rights club. For just $29 a month, this site offers many new products you can resell to others. Because there are so many choices available in all categories, you can easily find products to sell. In case you don’t already know, the resale rights concept is a great way to run a business online because you simply purchase the license to sell a product to others. As the examples above show, it’s possible to purchase many different resale rights licenses for very little money. Of course, as usual, you get what you pay for. The products found in these massive packages are usually well-worn products which have been sold a lot, or never sold well. High-quality resale rights products are available, but you usually have to pay more for them.

How ANYONE Can Make BIG BUCKS On The Internet

Page 189

Step 2: Define your business format There are many different formats for running an information business online. Some people use the mini-site format (a single page website that sells one or more products), whereas others use a shopping cart format to offer many choices to each customer. I’ve used both of these formats, and both are good for different situations. My recommendation to anyone just starting out is to go with the minisite format. The reason for this is because it’s a lot easier to set up, maintain, and helps your customers understand what you have to offer. The main reason I do not recommend starting with a shopping cart format, is because there is a lot more investment required, and can backfire if you’re not very careful. By offering too many choices to your customers, you risk confusing them and losing sales. With a mini-site, it’s possible to sell a single product or multiple products. If you offer multiple products, each product choice must be a variation of a single product type. For instance, you can offer a base product, a package including your base product and a few supporting products, or a larger package with even more supporting products around your base product. Do not try offering completely different products from a mini-site, as this can easily confuse your customers and lose sales.

Step 3: Define your product delivery format Once you’ve decided on the format for your business, the next step is to decide how you will deliver your information to your customers after they pay for it. Do you want to offer physical products that must be shipped, or do you want to deliver your information digitally as a download? Digital information is much cheaper to deliver, and is the best choice for someone just starting out. While you will get more refund requests when delivering information products digitally, your profitability will still be higher than if you were to deliver physical products. I’ve done both, so I know this from experience. Digital products may be delivered to your customer in several ways. You could manually send an email to each customer with a copy of the product they purchased, but this takes a lot of work and isn’t good for a variety of reasons. You could set up an account with a Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 190

Prosperity From the Inside Out

site like Payloadz.com to deliver your digital products, and this works well if you use PayPal to process your customers’ payments. You could also set up a basic download page for each product you sell, and this can work too, but leaves much to be desired. For example, someone could post the URL for your download page, and then anyone could download your product without paying for it. If you want to protect your digital products from online thieves, you will need to use some type of website software to manage things. There are many types of website software you could use to protect your information products. Rather than discuss all the various types and their advantages and disadvantages, I’m going to simply recommend you use software designed to run a membership site. This is what I do, and has always worked for both me and my customers. Many people have the mistaken idea that running a membership site means you HAVE to add new content every month, every week, or even every day. This may be true if you charge a recurring fee, such as $20 per month, but there are no such requirements if you sell onetime fee memberships. In fact, a one-time fee membership is exactly the same as a direct product sale. The only difference is how the product is delivered. The whole Internet landscape changes dramatically from month to month, and so I’m not going to make any specific recommendations for a particular piece of software here in this book. I’ve used aMemberPro with excellent results, and there are many other good options available.

Step 4: Define your marketing strategy A website will never sell anything unless people know it exists. Advertising is often a company’s largest expense, often accounting for 40% or more of the gross revenue. Many times, when you place an ad, you have no guarantee it will generate any sales for you at all. On the Internet, you have better choices when it comes to advertising your website. One of the best choices for advertising your business is to recruit others to do the promotion for you. In some cases, this is like hiring a commissioned sales rep. In other cases, it’s like you’re a manufacturer

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

How ANYONE Can Make BIG BUCKS On The Internet

Page 191

supplying a retail outlet with products they can sell. And sometimes, it’s like a grassroots movement that takes on a life of it’s own. Using special software, your website can track every referral your online partners (called affiliates) send to your website. Using this same software, you can choose how you want to reward those who send you paying customers. Most website owners choose to pay their affiliates a percentage of all sales resulting from their referrals. Others choose to pay their affiliates a certain amount for the referrals themselves, and still others choose to reward their affiliates with special privileges, such as free products. If you don’t consider yourself a expert in your field, I will say that affiliate marketing is the best choice you have. Experts can write articles, ebooks, and so forth to promote their sites for very little money, but non-experts shouldn’t try this, as it will just reveal how little they know. Other choices for the non-expert include trading links with other website owners, paying for ads in ezines (electronic magazines or newsletters), and paying for classified ads in search engines --a.k.a. pay per click (PPC) advertising. Of these secondary choices PPC is probably your best one, but has to be thoroughly tested or else you could lose a lot of money with it. Personally, I’d stay away from buying ezine ads, since any publisher with a good mailing list will be advertising for themselves, either their own products, products they have resale rights to, or products for which they are an affiliate. Link trading can be good, but can also be a huge waste of time.

Step 5: Choose your niche It may come as a surprise that I list this step here rather than first. The reason for this is because the format you choose for your business and how you want to promote your business are actually more important than the topic of information you sell. Once you have a business structure you are comfortable with, you can use the same structure for any information subject you want to work with. The main thing you need to focus on when choosing a topic of information to sell is that the information you provide MUST solve a problem for your market. The bigger the problem your information solves, the more money you can make. However, you don’t have to Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 192

Prosperity From the Inside Out

solve the problem of world peace or cure cancer to make money. I remember reading about a guy who made a TON of money by showing people how to keep squirrels from getting into a birdfeeder. Others make good money by showing people how to do certain types of crafts. And still others do well by showing parents how to keep their kids entertained. Part of choosing your niche involves figuring out what problems people want solved. The other part is finding good information that can solve those problems. Both of these parts involve surfing the Internet and keeping an open mind about what you find. Take notes as you read the questions people post to forums, blog comments, and elsewhere. Notice which posts are the most popular, indicating a strong interest in the topic. Pay attention to the experts people trust most, and whether those experts have released any information you can publish on your website or sell to your customers. Sometimes you can ask an expert for an interview with the understanding that you will have the right to sell the interview as a product.

Step 6: Package your information for sale After you choose a specific niche to work with and collect questions and information answering those questions, the next step is to package that information in a format for sale. If you’ve collected a series of articles (which may be done easily by going to the various article directories online), the best way to package these is to put them into a PDF file as an ebook. Most word processing programs can help you do this, including the free software available from www.OpenOffice.org. This is the software I use for most of my books and ebooks, including this one. My recommendation for someone just starting out is to collect several ebooks, MP3s, and other pre-packaged content. It’s a lot easier to sell a whole package of information than it is to sell a single product, especially when everything in the package is focused on a single topic. This is especially true when you’re selling products created by other people. If you follow my recommendation to deliver your products as a membership site, you’ll want to divide everything you’ve collected on

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

How ANYONE Can Make BIG BUCKS On The Internet

Page 193

this topic and offer some of it for free and the rest of it as part of the paid membership. The reason for this is because you’ll get a lot more people join your site when you offer free stuff than if you offer ONLY the paid stuff. There are 2 reasons why this is important. The first is because you want more people in your affiliate program, who will then go out and promote your site for you, even if they only signed up for the free stuff. Who knows, they could send you a bunch of people who will gladly pay for the better stuff. The other reason is because once someone joins your site, even as a free member, you have an opportunity to send them emails to encourage them to buy your paid package, or other offers you want to make from time to time. The main thing to keep in mind is to limit the amount of free stuff you offer. If you offer too much, few people will see a need to upgrade to your paid package. Just make sure the stuff you offer for free is good, because people will judge the quality of your paid product to be equal to the quality of your free sample.

Step 7: Install the website infrastructure Now that you have collected a variety of products to offer in at least 2 membership levels - free and paid, it’s time to put everything together onto a website so you can start making money. This step can be the most difficult, especially if you are not technically inclined. There’s a lot of information available on how to do much of this, so I won’t go into too much detail. Actually, if I were to go into a lot of detail, this would be a book of it’s own. So, consider this a guide, not a set of instructions. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Register a domain name, descriptive of your topic Install your chosen software Upload your products to your web hosting account Configure your software to protect your products

That’s pretty much it for this step. Only 2 more steps to go.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 194

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Step 8: Create a sales page to describe your products This can also be a difficult step, although if you follow some basic guidelines, it doesn’t have to be too difficult. Basically, all you’re doing is telling people what you have to offer in a way that makes them want to have it for themselves. Keep in mind the information I shared with you about persuasion, and you’ll do fine. Before I start describing what to write on your sales page, let’s address the other stuff - graphics, layout, fonts, and all that. All this can help enhance your sales page, but they will not produce sales on their own. You can sell your product without any of them, with basic text & no formatting, no graphics, and an amateur layout. I know, because that’s exactly how I started my first website. However, the reverse isn’t true. You cannot sell without words, no matter how professional the graphics or layout may be. Here again, there are plenty of places where you can get a decent template for a website for very little money. Just search for “ web templates” . Okay, so here are the basics you need on your sales page. First, every good sales page has a headline. A big, bold line of text at the top that tells your visitor why they should read the page and not click on to another website. The ONLY goal of a headline is to get the visitor to keep reading. If you can sum up the essence of your offer as well, even better. Next, you need your first sentence to keep the reader’s attention so they continue to read. Again, it doesn’t really matter what this sentence says, but it should involve some drama, excitement, or otherwise set the tone for what will follow. From here, you need to get your reader thinking about the problem your product will solve, either directly or indirectly. You do this by talking about the problem itself (directly) or about the benefits of solving the problem (indirectly). It’s best to talk about one side for a bit, then talk about the other side. Address both sides as you write your sales page. For the most part, write your sales page the same way you would talk to a friend who may need what you have to offer. Use the words ‘I’ and ‘you’, not ‘we’ and ‘the reader’. Be personal and personable. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

How ANYONE Can Make BIG BUCKS On The Internet

Page 195

Show that you care about the reader. Show whatever proof you can that the products you have will solve the problem your reader has. (Yes, assume the reader has the problem. Why else would they be there?) When you feel you have adequately described what you have to offer, sum it up in a list of bullet points. Summarize with a clear, direct claim that your product will solve the reader’s problem. Make sure you have clearly established the value of your product. Then mention your price. Follow this will a statement of guarantee, offering to remove all risk from your customer by letting them know you will refund their money if they are in any way unhappy with their purchase. When you are offering a collection of items for free, then your sales page will be divided into 2 sections, and may even be 2 completely separate pages. The first sections describes what is available for free. Once you’ve ‘sold’ your customer on taking the free option, then you start describing how much more you have “ for just a few dollars more.” This is where most sales letters start talking about added bonuses. If you’re following my recommendations, then save the description of a couple of items from your package for this point. What happens is that when you have established the value of the first part of the package, then mentioned the price, then the added extras make the whole deal seem that much sweeter. Finish your sales page with a “ call to action” , which means tell them to click the order link, complete their payment, and download your product. Be specific and direct. Don’t be wishy-washy about this or you’ll lose sales. Many professional copywriters suggest adding a PS with a summary of the offer, with benefits, values, and the final price. Sometimes, a visitor will scroll down the page to look at the price before deciding to read the page itself. I know I do this — to see if the product is within my budget to even consider. You can use your PS area to entice a scroller to go back to the top and read the page. There is certainly a LOT more information about how to write a good sales page, and this is merely a brief overview. However, this should give you a good starting point. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 196

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Step 9: Launching your website The last step in this process is the one that puts everything in motion. As mentioned above, no one will ever come to your website until they know about it. And even with an affiliate system in place to encourage customers to promote your site for you, you still have to do the initial promotion. The thing to do is to go back to the blogs and forums you visited while looking for information on your topic, and let people know about your new website. Depending on the specific forum/blog, you may not be able to post the announcement directly. In this case, what you do is look for questions that can be answered by the products you’ve collected on your website. Whenever you find such questions, answer it the best you can using the information in your product package, and casually mention that the information comes from your collection. Another option is to tell people about the free content available on your site. Most blogs/forums that discourage promotion will usually allow you to tell people about free stuff. That’s another great reason to offer a collection of free stuff as well as your “ for pay” collection. It’s also possible to produce a sampler ebook (like I described above using articles) and release that as a promotional tool. Such ebooks are usually called “ viral ebooks” , since they can be passed around like a virus. The important thing to keep in mind here is that you must include enough information in this ebook to get people to come to your website to see what else you have to offer. Some people will include their whole sales letter in such an ebook, whereas others will include just enough to make the reader curious. There are advantages to either choice.

Conclusion Learning how to make money online can, at first, seem like a daunting challenge. However, I can tell you from my own experience that when you follow the basic formula described above, you can create new websites very quickly and start making good money with relatively little effort. How little? Once you know what you’re doing, you can build a brand new website, stock it with quality products, and get the first sale within a few days. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Promoting Other People’s Products As An Affiliate On the Internet, there are many different ways to make money. However, when you boil it down to the basics, there are only 2 ways. 1. Create a product and sell it. 2. Help someone else sell their product. That’s it. Money is made when a product is sold to a customer. So you either sell the product directly, or you help someone else sell their product. Everything else you find is a derivative of either of these 2 profit producers. Now, a “ product” may be a physical thing, a digital download, a service, or an experience. It could also be an idea, viewpoint, or feeling. Anything a person may be interested in paying money to obtain, or to promote to others. A community-service message to stop whale hunting is an example of a “ product” that is more an idea than a thing. And while there isn’t much money to be made in promoting this “ product” , there is money to be made in helping folks promote it. Advertising is used for more than just commercial ventures. Okay, so now we have the foundation set, let’s see how we can make money by helping someone else sell their product as an affiliate.

What Is An Affiliate? The term, “ affiliate” , may be interpreted to mean several things. At it’s most basic level, the word ‘affiliate’ simply means someone who has a business relationship with another. For the purpose of this chapter, we’ll use the word ‘affiliate’ to mean someone who earns money by promoting one or more products they did not help to create. This definition of ‘affiliate’ leads to the following 4 types of affiliates: 1. Retail stores selling products created by others 2. Commissioned sales reps

Page 198

Prosperity From the Inside Out

3. Advertising brokers 4. Media ad sources In the above list, the first is the least common definition of an affiliate, although it is a very common business model. There are many online businesses that set up a storefront to sell products created by others, yet these businesses are not normally thought of as affiliates. Amazon.com is one example of this model. We will not address this type of affiliate here, however, since it is far more complicated than our other choices. We also won’t discuss the last type of affiliate — media ad sources. This is because, in actual fact, media sources which sell advertising are selling their own product — the advertising itself. This business model is also complicated and beyond the scope of this book. Most affiliates become so by signing up for one or more “ affiliate programs” offered by various merchants. These merchants may offer to pay their affiliates a set amount for every visitor sent to the merchant’s website (Pay per click), a set amount for every person who fills out a form on the merchant’s site (Pay per lead), a set amount for every sale placed by those the affiliate refers (Pay per sale), or a percentage of the sales placed (also Pay per sale). There are other compensation plans too, but these are the primary ones.

Why Are Affiliates Paid? To truly understand affiliate marketing, perhaps it’s best if we start by answering the question, “ Why would a merchant pay an affiliate to promote their product(s)? Why not sell their own products and keep all the money?” A merchant may not be very good at promoting their own products, and need the services provided by affiliates. There are many such merchants doing business online, and would not succeed if it weren’t for talented affiliates helping them describe their products in such a way that people see the value of owning them. Alternatively, a merchant may be excellent at promoting their own products, yet still invite affiliates to join them in their promotional efforts. The reason for this is simply because there are SO MANY possible promotional opportunities, the merchant cannot pursue all of Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Promoting Other People’s Products As An Affiliate

Page 199

them, and relies upon affiliates to reach a larger audience than they can do on their own. In either case, affiliates serve as an extension of the merchant’s marketing department. In the first case, affiliates may be the merchant’s ONLY source of marketing, whereas in the second case, affiliates merely augment the merchant’s marketing activities. When you view your role as an affiliate in this light, it becomes much easier to understand the types of activities necessary to be successful when promoting other people’s products. In short, it’s advantageous to think of yourself as the merchant’s marketing department, or at least an extension to it. However, there is another way to think of your role as an affiliate, and that is to think of yourself as a source of advertising for the merchant. In this case, you may serve not only merchants, but other affiliates as well. Most merchants spend money to place ads in various media, such as newspapers, radio, TV, search engines, website directories, blogs, forums, and so forth. If you become a media source, and attract a large audience, then you can sell advertising to help merchants and other affiliates sell products. The thing to realize about becoming a media source, is that this is a business unto itself, and requires much more than simply promoting products. While it is possible to make money as an affiliate by becoming a media source and attracting a large audience, you really have to want to be a media-based business to be successful with this model. Otherwise, if your heart just isn’t in it, it’s too much work. Before leaving the topic of media, let me say that American business has relied upon media advertising for many decades. Newspapers, radio, and TV would not be the large industries they are if it were not for the effectiveness of ads placed in media. However, studies have shown that this form of advertising has lost much of it’s effectiveness in recent years, as the volume of advertising increases every year. Most people have learned to “ tune it out” and do not respond as they once did. This isn’t to say that traditional advertising doesn’t work — it just needs to be better and repeated more often to get the previous level of response.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 200

Prosperity From the Inside Out

How Affiliates Earn Money Each type of affiliate operates using a different strategy. Retail stores operate with the strategy of making the purchase process enjoyable for customers. Large selection, quick delivery, generous refund policies, regular specials, and an easy-to-use website are the foundations for this type of affiliate. Media sources focus on posting quality content, easily found, on a frequent basis to attract large audiences, to whom are shown ads in and around the content. Commissioned sales reps generally focus on collecting leads and following up with those leads to complete a typical sales process. These affiliates may use quality content to attract leads initially, but do not focus on this once they begin the sales process. Commissioned sales reps may also represent a variety of merchants, and thus a variety of products, but do not show the prospect anything other than what the prospect may be interested in at the time. We’ll cover this in a bit more detail later. The advertising broker type of affiliate is perhaps the least involved with the sales process, and merely places ads in media sources on behalf of the merchant(s) they represent. This type of affiliate may use advertising “ creatives” (ad copy, graphics, banners, viral ebooks, etc.) provided by the merchant, or they may create their own (or hire others to create) before placing the ads. In most cases, this type of affiliate pays for the advertising out of their own pocket as an investment leading to the payoff, which is the commission earned on sales generated from the advertising they place.

Making Money As A Commissioned Sales Rep One of the best guides for making money as a commissioned sales rep is Rosalind Gardner’s “ Super Affiliate Handbook.” Her guidebook explains everything from setting up websites to review and promote affiliate products, to the backend stuff like keeping accurate records and choosing profitable programs to join. What I can offer here is a mere shadow in comparison. The primary focus of a commissioned sales rep is in attracting people who may be interested in the products he/she represents, and Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Promoting Other People’s Products As An Affiliate

Page 201

then giving them enough information to make a purchase decision. Whereas some people see the role of a salesperson to be a manipulator attempting to get people to buy stuff they don’t need, successful salespeople do not see themselves this way. They see themselves as consultants who help people make choices leading to happy endings. If a product is not right for a prospect, a successful sales person will say so and lead them in a different direction, even if that means losing the sale. The reason for this is because it builds their reputation, and when folks talk, their reputation will attract more and more people who can be served with the products the rep handles. Online, this often takes the form of writing product reviews and posting them to a resource site. Rosalind Gardner started in the area of online dating, and created several websites devoted to helping people compare the various online dating sites to help them decide which one was best suited to them. Quality reviews point out the negative aspects of a product as well as the positive one. Customers appreciate this, and will trust the advice given in a review more when negative aspects are brought out in the open. At the end of each review, a summary should be given, as well as a personal ranking of the individual product as it compares to others in the marketplace. And finally, a link to the merchant’s website, which includes your affiliate code so the merchant can track your referral and award you a commission if it results in a sale. The benefit to having a resource site is that you can offer your prospects a complete picture of the products you represent, and a sale can happen quickly. Sometimes, a commissioned sales rep will create a mini-site offering a free guide to the topic they represent, such as online dating, personal development, spirituality, or romance novels. This mini-site offers a free guide in exchange for the visitor subscribing to the affiliate’s mailing list. Once a person is subscribed, an autoresponder will send them a series of emails providing information on each of the various products the affiliate represents, giving similar information as the reviews mentioned above. The benefit to this approach is that you can stay in touch with your prospects and send them new information any time you add a product to your database. A third option is to create viral ebooks which carry a marketing message to sell one or more products. The advantage of this approach Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 202

Prosperity From the Inside Out

is that an ebook can go places a website cannot. We’ll talk more about viral ebooks in a later chapter. While there are other structures in which a commissioned sales rep may operate, these are the 3 preferred formats. They take little work to set up and yet are quite effective.

Making Money As An Advertising Broker There are advantages and disadvantages of working as an advertising broker. One of the advantages is that you don’t have to create a website. No domains to register. No scripts to install, configure, and update frequently. And no mailing list to maintain. In short, you don’t have to do much except place ads for other people. But that’s the disadvantage. Generally, you have to spend money to make money. And if you quit working, your income stops too. This is a good situation for the right type of person, but it’s not for everyone. If you work with a merchant who is good at creating marketing materials, you can simply use what they offer and your job is easy. However, if you’re working with a merchant who isn’t as good creating marketing materials (and you should get a higher commission to do so), then you have to either create the materials yourself or hire talented people to do it for you. Either way, you have to start off with quality marketing materials, otherwise any ad costs will be wasted. Sometimes, a good advertising broker will arrange for the ad results to be tracked and analyzed. This will shed light on which ads are working and which ones are not, helping to increase profitability for all concerned. Without tracking, you never really know how effective any given ad may be. To be fair, tracking is something that all affiliates (and merchants) should do, and isn’t just for advertising brokers. However, it may be more critical for an advertising broker than it is for any other type of affiliate. People who are good with numbers usually make the best advertising brokers. Sometimes, you may want to negotiate price breaks for volume ad purchases, so a bit of selling skill certainly doesn’t hurt. In some respects, being an advertising broker is like being a banker. You spend some money on one side (much like a banker pays interest on savings accounts, CDs, and other investments) and earn money on the other side (for the banker, it’s interest paid on Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Promoting Other People’s Products As An Affiliate

Page 203

loans). The best advertising brokers keep meticulous records of how much every ad cost and how much profit it produced. Because advertising brokers have little involvement in the fields they represent, they have an easier time representing many different merchants in a variety of fields. As such, a slowdown in one industry has little effect on the advertising broker’s income, as they can easily take on new clients in booming markets.

Choosing Your Pathway None of these affiliate types are ‘better’ than the others, except how they fit with your own personal personality. When deciding which type of affiliate you want to become, consider the structure and format for that type and imagine how you will feel doing that kind of work. You’ll always be more successful doing the type of work you enjoy doing than working at a job you dislike.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Creating Viral Ebooks Creating a viral ebook does not need to be a complex or difficult project. In fact, if you already have written material, it can be a very quick and easy task to do. Let’s start out defining what a viral ebook is and what needs to be included. A viral ebook is usually a PDF file containing enough valuable content that people want to pass it on to others. Most of the time, it also contains a marketing message to inspire people to come to your website and take some action, such as signing up for your mailing list, or buying one or more of your products. This marketing message isn’t as important when your only goal is to get your message out there, but when you want to accomplish more, then this marketing message becomes more important. In short, a viral ebook is a package that includes both content and marketing, and is presented in a way that people want to pass it on to others.

What Viral Ebooks Can Do For You Viral ebooks accomplish several things for you. First, they introduce you and your product(s) to a larger audience. Many times, your name and your message will reach far across the Internet in places you never could have found on your own. When you consider the cost of advertising, this is an incredible result, sometimes worth millions. The second thing viral ebooks do for you is they help to establish your credibility and expertise. When people have a chance to try out some of your material, and get a feel for your style and the quality of your ideas, they are much more likely to trust you and respect your suggestions. Of course, this depends on the quality of your information and the way you present it. If people can’t understand you, or if your ideas don’t work, then viral ebooks will just make it easier for people to find this out. Luckily, if this were the case, the viral ebook wouldn’t be passed around as much, and the damage would be limited to just a few who actually read it. In effect, there is a tremendous upside, and not much downside to this.

Creating Viral Ebooks

Page 205

Another thing viral ebooks do for you is that they can be a great way to promote partners without cluttering up your website. You’ve most likely seen websites with banners all over the place, making it very hard to find what you’re looking for. Other websites have so many articles that you can spend all day reading without ever discovering what the website sells. (Guess what this does to the sales on that site?) In my own experience, having too much content on a website can completely kill sales on that site. After several rounds of tests, I eventually concluded that a sales site cannot have any content which does not persuade a potential customer to make a purchase. Content sites are great for attracting lots of visitors, at which point you can sell advertising. Otherwise, it’s not a good idea to put a lot of content on a website where you want to sell products (or services). The only exception to this rule is a site offering product reviews, which eventually lead the visitor to make a purchase elsewhere, such as through an affiliate program where you earn a commission on sales resulting from your referrals. In fact, viral ebooks can help you make money without ever having a website of your own. You just need to know where to upload them and get the process started.

What to put in a viral ebook Okay, so now we know some of what viral ebooks can do for you. Let’s take a look at what needs to be included. Obviously, you need to include enough valuable content so people will pass it on to others. How much content do you need? Not much, actually. 10-15 pages can be enough if the information is well presented and demonstrates an idea which can be put to immediate use. One of the basic principles here is that a successful viral ebook has enough valuable content that people would be willing to pay money to get it.

How much is too much content? This depends a great deal on what you intend to accomplish with your viral ebook. If all you care about is getting your message out Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 206

Prosperity From the Inside Out

there or establishing your reputation as an expert, then include everything as long as the reader will not be confused by the sheer quantity of material or the way it’s presented. Finding the dividing line between enough content and too much content can be as much an art as it is a science. If your intention is to have readers of your viral ebook come back to your website and either join your mailing list or buy your products, then the reader must finish the ebook with the feeling that you have more to offer them. In short, you give them enough to whet their appetite, but not enough to satiate their hunger. There are 2 main ways to do this. One way is aptly described as, “ tell them WHAT to do, but not HOW to do it” . With this approach, you may tell your readers that they need to make sure there are enough of the right kinds of nutrients in the soil before they can grow amazing rose gardens. However, the book never tells HOW to get the right mix, which is reserved for those who purchase your paid product. The other major formula is to give them both the WHAT and the HOW for one small task, but direct them to your paid products for solutions to the other pieces of the puzzle. With this approach, you may explain how to take beautiful pictures of a bride in her wedding gown, but direct the reader to your paid product to learn how to build a full wedding photography business. There’s a 3rd approach too, used by many successful information marketers. You can give away an overview of everything, and sell the details. This is the approach I tend to use most often, not only in my viral ebooks, but also in my low-cost products, such as this one. If you’ve noticed, I’ve given you information on developing selfconfidence, finding limiting beliefs, changing them, being happy as often as you’d like, eliminating stress and anger, persuading others, eliminating debt, and even creating income sources. It’s a lot of information, but in reality it’s just an overview for the advanced stuff found in my higher-end products. Any way you do it, you present some good information, and you hold something back for those who buy your better stuff. If you do it right, you can serve many segments of your market, from those who cannot afford to buy anything, all the way up to those who will spend $1,000 for just one good idea. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Creating Viral Ebooks

Page 207

How do you determine what content to include? A number of Internet Marketers teach that you want to give away your BEST material, and there are some logical reasons for doing this. First, your perception of what your best stuff is and what your audience sees as your best stuff doesn’t always match. For a long time, I considered the idea of “ Master Beliefs” to be my best stuff, since I understood the power they represent. However, many of my readers couldn’t fathom how to make use of this concept, and while they understood it had power, they were more interested in the practical processes for changing beliefs. Along a similar line, if you give away your high-level content, most of your readers won’t be ready to use it, and will be more interested in your beginner’s guides. In this, it’s kind of like a young boy who watches a master martial artist doing extremely complex kicks and flips. He’s not ready to learn those moves, but he becomes motivated to start learning the basics. You may know people who were motivated to learn yoga the same way, by seeing a master doing complex postures. Another reason for giving away your best material is because your readers will see it and think, “ WOW! If they’re giving this stuff away for free, the stuff they sell must be FANTASTIC!” For a long time, I wondered how I could give away my best stuff and still impress those who purchased my paid products. Eban Pagan finally explained the concept to me when he pointed out that the paid content should go into more depth on all of your material, and what will impress your customers will be the depth in which you cover the ideas, not just the ideas themselves. Okay, now that you have an idea of what content to include, what else goes into a viral ebook? Remember the basic formula — content + marketing. You want to include a marketing message that will get readers back to your website. This can be an offer for a special bonus, a description of what you sell on your site, or it could be an overview of what they will find on your site, such as articles, blog postings, or resources. Including a resource section in your viral ebook (for websites and products related to the topic of the ebook) can be a great way to promote multiple things in a single ebook. You have to make

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 208

Prosperity From the Inside Out

sure that each resource is described persuasively so people want to go check them out. Some authors include full sales letters in viral ebooks. This can be good when the sales letter is written in a non-pushy style, like the rest of your content, or like a news story. This is how I like to write my sales letters anyways, and this style can be quite effective. The more your sales piece is seen as content, the more of a response you’ll get when using it in a viral ebook. Of course, magazines and newspapers continue to sell ad space, so even blatant advertising in a viral ebook can produce some results. Many authors will include an “ About the Author” page in their viral ebooks. This accomplishes a few things. First, it makes sure that everyone reading the ebook sees your name, photo, and a list of credentials. This builds your reputation in the public eye. Second, this page can serve as a resource for more information. Readers know that if they like the viral ebook, they’ll probably like the author’s other material, and will use this page to find more. Even without a sales piece, the author page can lead people to buy more of your stuff if they like the content in the ebook. A third thing you can do with this page is to give some of your background story, and build a relationship with your readers. Many people want to know personal details about their favorite authors, and while this may not help sell your products directly, it can help to attract loyal readers. So far, we have covered what content to put in a viral ebook, the marketing message, and the author page. One more thing needs to be included. Some motivation for the reader to pass it on to others. Good content by itself will encourage some readers to pass on your ebook, but there needs to be greater incentives to get more people passing it around. LOTS of people are motivated by money, and if passing out your ebook can earn money for your readers, many of them will jump on the opportunity. There are 2 basic ways to help your readers earn money from distributing your ebook. The first way is to put a price on the ebook and let those who buy it become resellers. This way, a reader of the book knows that they can sell the ebook for the same price they paid for it and not only make back the money they spent for it, but can make a lot more. The Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Creating Viral Ebooks

Page 209

disadvantage to this method is that unless you’re already known in the marketplace, many people won’t buy your ebook because they don’t know who you are. Obviously, this can be overcome to some degree by a good sales letter, but isn’t the best way to release your first viral ebook. (Note, this is a mistake I made with the original version of “ Keys To Power Prosperity” . I should have released a free ebook first, then followed up with a paid “ resale rights” ebook.) The 2nd way to allow your readers to earn money by distributing your viral ebook is to have an affiliate program where you pay commissions to people who refer sales to you. (If you don’t know what this is, there’s plenty of information online to explain it to you.) When you have a 2-tier affiliate program, you can attract even more people who will help you distribute your ebook, even if they don’t understand the value of what you have to offer. The reason why having an affiliate program motivates people to distribute your viral ebook is because your ebook can be “ branded” with your affiliates’ codes, and sales can be tracked back to which version of the ebook (and which affiliate distributed it) so you can pay a commission (a portion of the sale) to the responsible affiliate. Obviously, there are some technical details related to setting up an affiliate program and branding a viral ebook for your affiliates. This is beyond the scope of this book, and there’s plenty of information online on how to do it. Money isn’t the only reason people will pass out your viral ebook. Some will do it simply because they like you, or like your message. To encourage more of these people to pass along your viral ebook, you’ll want to mention it. At the end of your content, just tell the reader that you depend on people passing around the ebook and they can do their part to improve the world by giving the ebook away to at least 3 other people. By asking folks to pass it on, you’ll get a wider distribution than if you just leave it up to their own inclinations. Some people like the “ chain letter” concept, where your ebook tells people that their wish will be granted if they pass it on to 10 others. Personally, I don’t like this concept, but I felt I should mention it for completeness.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 210

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Tips On Organizing Your Content A viral ebook can be put together in as little as a day if you already have appropriate content to use. This content could come from one or more of your paid products (such as a book), or it could come from a collection of articles you’ve written. In fact, it can come from articles written by other people as long as you have their permission to publish them. (Hint: most articles listed on article directory sites include permission to publish in a wide variety of formats. You just have to include the authors “ resource box” at the end of the article, which gives them credit for the article and helps them promote themselves to a wider audience. You’ll find many of my articles in various article directory site for exactly this reason.) Because several of my current viral ebook projects are meant to help promote my various partners, I will choose to use articles they’ve written which match the overall theme of the viral ebook. (Viral ebooks are best when they have a theme. You really don’t want to package a bunch of random content and call it an ebook.) I’ll also include one or two of my own articles to get some of the exposure as well. If you’re creating new content for a viral ebook, approach it like any other writing project. Start with a single declaration of what you want the ebook to communicate. What is the central message that will motivate a potential reader to download and read the ebook. What core message will readers want to share with others? This declaration will be the seed to be grown into a full-fledged ebook. Once you have a central message, create a short outline of what topics will be covered. Start with the top level of your outline, and define 3-5 main sections of your ebook. By approaching the outline process this way, your ebook will be highly organized and your readers will understand exactly what you are communicating. Once you have the top level of your outline, break each of the main sections into 3-5 smaller sections, and continue until you have enough detail to fill 10-50 pages. This is how I create all of my products. There’s nothing like having a well-organized product with valuable content to win respect and admiration in the marketplace. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Creating Viral Ebooks

Page 211

Producing A Winning Ebook From here, just start writing. Take one point from your outline and write what you know about it. It doesn’t have to be perfect. Just get it down. You’ll edit later. The main thing is to get your information down. Presentation style will be developed during editing. Here’s another lesson I learned the hard way. I spent nearly a year writing Choose To Believe, trying my best to get the presentation style as perfect as I could as I was writing it. Didn’t matter. Once I recruited editing help, we found there were a LOT of improvements which could be made on each and every page — and practically every paragraph. I don’t think about editing any more when writing a first draft. Write about each of your outline points, and save the introduction for last. In your introduction, you want to be able to tell the reader what they can expect in the rest of the ebook. You won’t really know what that is until you’ve written the rest of the ebook, so you need to save this for last. However, I will admit that sometimes writing an introduction can help define HOW you want the rest of the book to come together. Just keep in mind that you’ll probably re-write this when the rest of the book has been finished. Once you have all your points written, put it aside for at least a day. Get some distance from it, so when you come back to it, you can see it with fresh eyes. When you come back to it, read through and make notes about things like missing details, topics out of order, and other block-level things. When you’re done reading, go back and correct the problems you noticed. Now, read through it again and see if it works better this time. If it seems good, put it aside for another day. When you come back to it this time, read through and notice the style changes you want to make. Can you make improvements to the way ideas are presented? Can you remove any chance the reader could misunderstand the message you’re communicating? Don’t worry about whether your writing is entertaining or not. Just make sure the message is clear. You can go back through another time later for finerlevel style changes. At some point, you’re going to feel you have perfected your ebook. Now, let someone else read it and give you feedback on how it works for them. Get a professional editor if you can, one who won’t try to Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 212

Prosperity From the Inside Out

change your style, but will focus on clarity and meaning. You really want to put your best foot forward and make a great first impression. At this point, hire a graphic artist to create a cover graphic for your ebook. Cover graphics will motivate many more people to download your ebook, so it’s highly productive to spend $50 or even $100 to get a quality graphic created for your ebook. While you’re getting feedback from others, this is also a good time to create your author page and the marketing message that will go into the ebook. We’ll cover how to write a compelling marketing message later, but for now, knowing what to do is good enough. One final point on the production stage. Keep in mind your target audience and the message you want the ebook to deliver. You’ll get a much better response when your ebook ‘matches’ the market it is meant to serve. If you’re dealing with people who are trying to save money everywhere they can, you’ll probably get a better response if the ebook looks like you saved money in creating it.

Final Steps With content written and edited, an attractive and informative author page, and a compelling marketing message, it’s time to compile it all into a PDF ebook. For this, you can use a variety of tools, but my favorite is OpenOffice software, which is a free alternative to Microsoft’s office suite. The OpenOffice word processor has some wonderful features that make compiling an ebook very easy, including built-in PDF export. The main thing to keep in mind is that you want the final ebook to look professional. Most ebooks use a standard letter sized paper format, although some use a more traditional book-sized layout. Personally, I started off using letter sized layouts, but now use book sized layouts. It makes it look more like a book, and if I decide to create an actual book, all I have to do is upload it to Lulu.com (or other Print On Demand printer) and order printed copies. Going into the details of how to do a professional layout is just too much detail for this book. I plan to cover this in more detail in my upcoming Spiritual Business Kit, described in the Resource section. For now, there are plenty of good examples on any bookshelf, and there are scores of books on how to do book layouts. It’s also beyond Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Creating Viral Ebooks

Page 213

the scope of this book to go into the technical details of setting up an affiliate program and making your viral ebook ‘brandable’ to motivate others to distribute it for you. There are good sources of information on this, particularly from www.ViralPDF.com, which is where I get my software to create brandable viral ebooks.

Distributing Viral Ebooks By their very nature, viral ebooks encourage distribution by others. Once you get it in the hands of interested readers, they will take care of the rest as long as you’ve done a good job creating it. You can post a viral ebook to forums that allow such uploads. You can email it to your friends and family. You can send it to your affiliates and partners. There are “ free downloads” sites where you can submit your viral ebook. You could create a peer-to-peer “ torrent” to appeal to those using such networks to share files. You can create a page on your website offering the ebook to anyone wanting to download it. You can use it as a subscriber gift to encourage people to sign up for your mailing list. You can offer it as a bonus for your other products. You can let others offer it as a bonus to their products. You can submit it for use in a wide variety of free giveaway events. There are a HUGE number of possibilities for getting your viral ebook out there and to your readers.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Karmic Marketing There are many, many marketing experts teaching many different types of marketing. In recent years, I’ve seen some high-level people selling $2,000+ courses describing their preferred form of marketing. I’ve even purchased a few of these high-level marketing courses, and have learned a great deal from them. I’ve learned from Dan Kennedy, Glenn Livingston, Mike Filsaime, Paul Hartunian, Fred Gleeck, Terry Dean, Yanik Silver, Willie Crawford, Jimmy D. Brown, Jeff Walker, and Frank Kern, as well as many, many others. All of them have good things to teach. In my own business, I’ve blended all of them together into a system I call “ Karmic Marketing” . When I review what I learned from the Internet Marketing Gurus, I find that Frank Kern most closely resembles what I do in my own business. Here are some of the core principles Frank Kern teaches in his $2000 “ Mass Control” marketing course. First, he fully believes you should give away good value to attract interested prospects and produce sales. He recommends you create 4 content pieces to use in your marketing. One to spark interest and desire to know more, one to bond with your prospects, one to prove your product works (or at least the principles behind your product), and a sample of your product to demonstrate the quality of what you’re offering. Of course, each of these pieces is designed to promote your product, and inspire your prospects to buy from you, but since you’re giving good content, this is okay.

Knowing Your Market In relating to your market, you need to fully understand the fears and desires which motivate your ‘average’ prospect. The more you understand your market, the easier it will be to provide them with what they want, and the more profitable your business will be. Sounds logical, right? You’d be amazed how many people charge into a market with a product THEY think is good without ever considering if anyone else even wants it. Although Frank doesn’t talk about doing surveys in his Mass Control material, he mentions them from time to

Karmic Marketing

Page 215

time, and it’s clear that using them is important. Luckily, the material I have from Glenn Livingston provides extensive information on using surveys to gather market intelligence. Once you understand your prospects’ fears and desires, you can note down the parts of your own life that relate to them. There’s a saying that people will buy from those they know, like, and trust. People tend to like others who are like themselves. When you can show your market that you are like them, or at least you used to be, then it’s easier to win them over and get them to trust you.

Your Marketing Character According to Kern, you want to define 5 main things for your “ marketing character” . These are, your backstory, your beliefs and values, your “ magic powers” , your fables and stories, and finally, your “ secret language” . Your backstory is simply that part of your past which shows you are (or were) like your prospects. Show how many mistakes you made, how bad your life was before finding the secrets you want to share with them, your own fears and desires and what you did to try to work through them. For me, my backstory includes the fact that I was a good student in school, but still failed in life. I couldn’t hold a job, couldn’t maintain a relationship, tried reading every self-help book I could find, and had absolutely no control over anything in my life. Your beliefs and values, at least in this context, must relate to what your prospects want in their lives. As an example, my values include things like, “ perfection is possible” , “ principles are more valuable than recipes” , “ quality for a low price” , and “ everyone can have what they want in life” . “ Magic Powers” relates to the things you (or your product) can do that your prospects want to be able to do. In marketing, this is usually something like making a million dollars in 30 seconds with no work. With LOA materials, it’s usually about controlling the uncontrollable, getting results where no physical process will work. In our field, “ magic powers” really is about having magic powers. However, for some in our field, “ magic powers” is about finding peace in a hostile world, or living in joy no matter what may be happening in the world around you. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 216

Prosperity From the Inside Out

Here’s the most interesting part about this. YOU don’t have to have the magic powers. As long as you can demonstrate that SOMEONE, SOMEWHERE has done amazing things with the principles, system, or technique you’re selling, you can reference THEIR success in your marketing. And this gets into the proof element mentioned above. The more examples you can show where people have had success using your product (or the key elements of your product, such as affirmations, visualization, etc.) the more of a response you’ll get to your marketing. Fables and stories are just the stories you can tell that demonstrate the effectiveness of your product. If you’re selling an ebook on using affirmations, then you want to have a set of stories on hand which demonstrate how you used affirmations to create change in your life, or stories about other people doing the same thing. If your product is based on a new technique, then you want to use stories about how this new technique has been responsible for significant and dramatic results, either in your own life or in the lives of others. And finally, secret language refers to the terms and phrases that bond you with your audience as a unique community. For example, online marketers use a secret language which includes words and phrases such as PPC, CPM, Google Slap, co-reg leads, broadcast, autoresponder, landing page, and so forth. Our field uses a secret language when we talk about affirmations, visualization, creating a thought-form, centering, grounding, and in my business I have things like “ belief scale” , “ belief archeology” , “ pacing and leading affirmations” , and so on. When you use your secret language in your marketing, you give you prospect the feeling of being a part of something important, something special.

Marketing Storylines Jeff Walker talks a lot about using storylines in marketing, but I never quite understood what he meant. It seemed like he was suggesting we write the equivalent of a movie script to entertain our prospects as we move them through the sales process. Frank does a MUCH better job of explaining how stories are used in marketing. It’s not that we’re trying to entertain our prospects, but more that the story is the backdrop behind the marketing messages we send out. Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Karmic Marketing

Page 217

Here’s an example, using the storyline most often talked about the reluctant hero. 1. You discover something (affirmations, meditation, using pyramids, a magic formula, whatever) 2. You try it and find it works 3. You tell a few people you know, they try it and it works for them 4. News gets out and now everyone wants to know what you discovered 5. Although you’d rather be doing something else, you will go ahead and do the work to record your discovery so others can learn about it. 6. Because you want to be doing something else, this product won’t be around forever, and people need to buy it quickly while they can. Frank talks about 2 other storylines, “ us versus them” and “ hometown boy (or girl) makes good.”

Mass Control Formula The next thing I’ll talk about here is what Frank calls his “ Mass Control Formula” . It’s something that was in the Product Launch Formula materials, but is defined in more detail in Frank’s course. Here’s the formula:

Magic Bullet + Proof + LSESC = $$$$$ Magic Bullet - this means that your product must be perceived as the answer to your prospects’ prayers. It must be as close as possible to pushing a button and getting everything they ever wanted. Proof - Jeff Walker harps on this when he says, “ no proof, no launch” . If you can’t prove your product works, then who in their right mind would buy it? The more proof you can show, the more people will buy your product.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Page 218

Prosperity From the Inside Out

LSESC (Low Self-Esteem Success Chance) - I’ve watched myself using the logic Frank describes here. “ If I could get even 10% of the results they got, I’d be happy.” For most people, this comes from having low self-esteem, where they believe it isn’t possible for them to get the same level of results. Essentially, the examples and case histories you share with your prospects must be significant and dramatic. If you can only show that buying your $10 product will produce a $10 result, no-one will buy it.

Using GOOD scarcity And finally, here are a few ideas about using scarcity in a product launch. (Scarcity means having a limited number available to sell.) •

Only 400 copies of this will ever be produced because the agreement I signed with ______________ limits me to this number.

•

Only 1 copy will be sold in any one city to limit the competition you’ll have with other customers.

•

I made enough for our list, but now I found out that _____________, who has 200,000 people on his/her list will be promoting this, so I don’t think there will be enough. Better get yours quick!

•

If I sell this for any less, _____________________ will be very upset with me. (similar to the “ my accountant is out of town this week” kind of sale)

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.

Section 5: Resources For More Information Although the information contained in this book is perhaps some of the most powerful stuff you’ll ever run across, there is far more information that can help than what I could include here. For this reason, I want to offer you some suggestions based on my own extensive research. This way, you can still benefit from my experience as you continue to develop your personal prosperity.

Resources For More Information Treasure Map to Online Riches — A 157-page ‘report’ giving you specific guidelines to follow in order to set up and run a profitable business online. You’ll learn how to pick a profitable niche you’ll enjoy working in, how to set up a website, how to build a large mailing list, how to create products, how to write persuasive copy, and even many details behind several $2000 marketing courses, such as Jeff Walker’s “ Product Launch Formula” and Frank Kern’s “ Mass Control” . A veritable steal at only $39. Oh, and you also get resale rights to the report itself, allowing you to sell it and keep the money. Choose To Believe: A Practical Guide to Living Your Dreams — Covers, in depth, the science behind the Power of Belief and how to use it to make real and lasting changes in the world around you. Here, you’ll learn about the Belief Archeology process and how it can help you find the specific limiting beliefs behind any specific problem. You’ll also learn over a dozen different ways to change what you believe so you can more effectively manifest your desired goals. An absolute “ must buy” resource for any serious student of personal development. Only $17.95. Choose To Believe Package — A package including the main book above with 2 complete sets of workshop recordings. Within these recordings, you will experience a shift in your inner reality that will be reflected in the world around you. By the time you’re done with these sessions, you’ll be able to respond to any situation with poise and confidence. $49. EmBRACES Belief Entrainment System — What do you get when you combine brainwave entrainment technology with the Law of Attraction? The most powerful tool ever devised for manifesting a life of unlimited success and happiness! Sit back and relax while these specially encoded audio recordings reprogram your belief system to lead you to abundant prosperity in all aspects of life. Bypass all the reading, learning, and mental effort usually involved with changing your belief system and manifesting your goals. Absolutely no work required. Hit the ‘play’ button, and watch miracles happen in your life. Full System is priced at $897, with smaller sets available.

Resources For More Information

Page 221

Keys To Power Persuasion — If you like the Personal Prosperity section in this book, you’ll LOVE the Keys To Power Persuasion course. In fact, the Personal Prosperity section was taken right out of the Keys To Power Persuasion course where it serves as a mere introduction to the real meat of the course. KTP Persuasion describes over 50 highly specialized language tools that make all communication effortless and highly effective, and gives real-world examples of every one of them in action. This information has been suppressed for many years, and only available in $500+ courses. Now available for just $97. Keys To Power Mastery System — A much more direct, handson approach to tapping into the Universal Power of Belief. Definitely not for the squeamish or faint-of-heart. Currently includes this book, the Keys To Power – Step by Step course, and 3 audio programs. The central course defines a 24-week development program which starts with simple abilities like perception, creativity, memory, and meditation. From here, you are guided through the processes required to purify your mind, body, and spirit to channel an incredible amount of Universal Power. Next, you are given specific instructions for safely tapping into this Power, directing it towards what you want, and releasing unused Power back into the Universe. Final lessons include exotic abilities such as telekinesis (mind over matter), teleportation, object creation, and time distortion. Currently $67, but planned for a massive update with a proposed price point of $197. Prosperity Coaching — If you’re the type of person who prefers to work 1-on-1 with another human being, Alan offers coaching services where the two of you can work together on your project. See the website below for more details. Other Resources — Alan is a prolific author and continues to develop new products all the time. Make sure to visit the website below to see what new materials have been added to the list. Get any of the above directly from Alan Tutt and PowerKeys Publishing at www.PowerKeysPub.com.

Claim your free gifts at www.PowerKeysPub.com/prosperity/gifts.